xref: /aosp_15_r20/external/boringssl/src/include/openssl/ssl.h (revision 8fb009dc861624b67b6cdb62ea21f0f22d0c584b)
1 /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])
2  * All rights reserved.
3  *
4  * This package is an SSL implementation written
5  * by Eric Young ([email protected]).
6  * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
7  *
8  * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
9  * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
10  * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
11  * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
12  * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
13  * except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
14  *
15  * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
16  * the code are not to be removed.
17  * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
18  * as the author of the parts of the library used.
19  * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
20  * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
21  *
22  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
23  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
24  * are met:
25  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
26  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
27  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
28  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
29  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
30  * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
31  *    must display the following acknowledgement:
32  *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
33  *     Eric Young ([email protected])"
34  *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
35  *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
36  * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from
37  *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
38  *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"
39  *
40  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
41  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
42  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
43  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
44  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
45  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
46  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
47  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
48  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
49  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
50  * SUCH DAMAGE.
51  *
52  * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
53  * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
54  * copied and put under another distribution licence
55  * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
56  */
57 /* ====================================================================
58  * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
59  *
60  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
61  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
62  * are met:
63  *
64  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
65  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
66  *
67  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
68  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
69  *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
70  *    distribution.
71  *
72  * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
73  *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
74  *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
75  *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
76  *
77  * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
78  *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
79  *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
80  *    [email protected].
81  *
82  * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
83  *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
84  *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
85  *
86  * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
87  *    acknowledgment:
88  *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
89  *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
90  *
91  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
92  * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
93  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
94  * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
95  * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
96  * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
97  * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
98  * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
99  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
100  * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
101  * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
102  * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
103  * ====================================================================
104  *
105  * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
106  * ([email protected]).  This product includes software written by Tim
107  * Hudson ([email protected]).
108  *
109  */
110 /* ====================================================================
111  * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
112  * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by
113  * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
114  */
115 /* ====================================================================
116  * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved.
117  *
118  * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by
119  * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
120  * license.
121  *
122  * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of
123  * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites
124  * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL.
125  *
126  * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in
127  * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received
128  * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise.
129  *
130  * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not
131  * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third
132  * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights
133  * to make use of the Contribution.
134  *
135  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN
136  * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA
137  * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY
138  * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR
139  * OTHERWISE.
140  */
141 
142 #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H
143 #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H
144 
145 #include <openssl/base.h>
146 
147 #include <openssl/bio.h>
148 #include <openssl/buf.h>
149 #include <openssl/pem.h>
150 #include <openssl/span.h>
151 #include <openssl/ssl3.h>
152 #include <openssl/thread.h>
153 #include <openssl/tls1.h>
154 #include <openssl/x509.h>
155 
156 #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS)
157 #include <sys/time.h>
158 #endif
159 
160 // Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and
161 // Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers.
162 // However, only a forward declaration is needed.
163 struct timeval;
164 
165 #if defined(__cplusplus)
166 extern "C" {
167 #endif
168 
169 
170 // SSL implementation.
171 
172 
173 // SSL contexts.
174 //
175 // |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS
176 // or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by
177 // an |SSL_METHOD| on creation.
178 //
179 // |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across
180 // multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s
181 // configuration may not be used.
182 
183 // TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS connections.
184 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void);
185 
186 // DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections.
187 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void);
188 
189 // TLS_with_buffers_method is like |TLS_method|, but avoids all use of
190 // crypto/x509. All client connections created with |TLS_with_buffers_method|
191 // will fail unless a certificate verifier is installed with
192 // |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|.
193 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_with_buffers_method(void);
194 
195 // DTLS_with_buffers_method is like |DTLS_method|, but avoids all use of
196 // crypto/x509.
197 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_with_buffers_method(void);
198 
199 // SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL
200 // on error.
201 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method);
202 
203 // SSL_CTX_up_ref increments the reference count of |ctx|. It returns one.
204 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx);
205 
206 // SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|.
207 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx);
208 
209 
210 // SSL connections.
211 //
212 // An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the
213 // shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be
214 // used on one thread at a time.
215 
216 // SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new
217 // connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may
218 // also be individually configured on the connection.
219 //
220 // On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call
221 // |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this.
222 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx);
223 
224 // SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|.
225 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl);
226 
227 // SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If
228 // |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial
229 // one.
230 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl);
231 
232 // SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client.
233 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl);
234 
235 // SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server.
236 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl);
237 
238 // SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero
239 // otherwise.
240 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(const SSL *ssl);
241 
242 // SSL_is_dtls returns one if |ssl| is a DTLS connection and zero otherwise.
243 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *ssl);
244 
245 // SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl|
246 // takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl|
247 // only takes ownership of one reference.
248 //
249 // In DTLS, |rbio| must be non-blocking to properly handle timeouts and
250 // retransmits.
251 //
252 // If |rbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for reading, that
253 // side is left untouched and is not freed.
254 //
255 // If |wbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for writing AND |ssl|
256 // is not currently configured to read from and write to the same |BIO|, that
257 // side is left untouched and is not freed. This asymmetry is present for
258 // historical reasons.
259 //
260 // Due to the very complex historical behavior of this function, calling this
261 // function if |ssl| already has |BIO|s configured is deprecated. Prefer
262 // |SSL_set0_rbio| and |SSL_set0_wbio| instead.
263 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio);
264 
265 // SSL_set0_rbio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio|. It takes ownership of
266 // |rbio|.
267 //
268 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_wbio| may be called on the
269 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this.
270 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio);
271 
272 // SSL_set0_wbio configures |ssl| to write to |wbio|. It takes ownership of
273 // |wbio|.
274 //
275 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_rbio| may be called on the
276 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this.
277 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *wbio);
278 
279 // SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from.
280 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl);
281 
282 // SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to.
283 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl);
284 
285 // SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|.
286 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl);
287 
288 // SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read
289 // from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file
290 // descriptor then it returns -1.
291 //
292 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast
293 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or
294 // socket |BIO|.
295 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl);
296 
297 // SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write
298 // to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file
299 // descriptor then it returns -1.
300 //
301 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast
302 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or
303 // socket |BIO|.
304 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl);
305 
306 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SOCK)
307 // SSL_set_fd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one
308 // on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of
309 // |fd|.
310 //
311 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs.
312 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd);
313 
314 // SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and
315 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|.
316 //
317 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs.
318 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd);
319 
320 // SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and
321 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|.
322 //
323 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs.
324 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd);
325 #endif  // !OPENSSL_NO_SOCK
326 
327 // SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the
328 // handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it
329 // returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to
330 // determine how to proceed.
331 //
332 // In DTLS, the caller must drive retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error|
333 // signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the
334 // current timeout. If it expires before the next retry, call
335 // |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake retransmissions use fresh
336 // sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay packets at the transport.
337 //
338 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF.
339 // https://crbug.com/466303.
340 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl);
341 
342 // SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls
343 // |SSL_do_handshake|.
344 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl);
345 
346 // SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls
347 // |SSL_do_handshake|.
348 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl);
349 
350 // SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs
351 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it
352 // returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller
353 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed.
354 //
355 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF.
356 // https://crbug.com/466303.
357 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num);
358 
359 // SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned.
360 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num);
361 
362 // SSL_pending returns the number of buffered, decrypted bytes available for
363 // read in |ssl|. It does not read from the transport.
364 //
365 // In DTLS, it is possible for this function to return zero while there is
366 // buffered, undecrypted data from the transport in |ssl|. For example,
367 // |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the first, and leave
368 // the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. Callers that wish to
369 // detect this case can use |SSL_has_pending|.
370 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl);
371 
372 // SSL_has_pending returns one if |ssl| has buffered, decrypted bytes available
373 // for read, or if |ssl| has buffered data from the transport that has not yet
374 // been decrypted. If |ssl| has neither, this function returns zero.
375 //
376 // In TLS, BoringSSL does not implement read-ahead, so this function returns one
377 // if and only if |SSL_pending| would return a non-zero value. In DTLS, it is
378 // possible for this function to return one while |SSL_pending| returns zero.
379 // For example, |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the
380 // first, and leave the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|.
381 //
382 // As a result, if this function returns one, the next call to |SSL_read| may
383 // still fail, read from the transport, or both. The buffered, undecrypted data
384 // may be invalid or incomplete.
385 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *ssl);
386 
387 // SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs
388 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it
389 // returns the number of bytes written. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller
390 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed.
391 //
392 // In TLS, a non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that
393 // a failed |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the
394 // caller must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the
395 // original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not
396 // reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with
397 // |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be
398 // unchanged.
399 //
400 // By default, in TLS, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes
401 // are written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It
402 // allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the
403 // input was written in a single record.
404 //
405 // In DTLS, neither |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER| and
406 // |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE| do anything. The caller may retry with a
407 // different buffer freely. A single call to |SSL_write| only ever writes a
408 // single record in a single packet, so |num| must be at most
409 // |SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH|.
410 //
411 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF.
412 // https://crbug.com/466303.
413 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num);
414 
415 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should reply to a KeyUpdate
416 // message with its own, thus updating traffic secrets for both directions on
417 // the connection.
418 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1
419 
420 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should not reply with
421 // it's own KeyUpdate message.
422 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0
423 
424 // SSL_key_update queues a TLS 1.3 KeyUpdate message to be sent on |ssl|
425 // if one is not already queued. The |request_type| argument must one of the
426 // |SSL_KEY_UPDATE_*| values. This function requires that |ssl| have completed a
427 // TLS >= 1.3 handshake. It returns one on success or zero on error.
428 //
429 // Note that this function does not _send_ the message itself. The next call to
430 // |SSL_write| will cause the message to be sent. |SSL_write| may be called with
431 // a zero length to flush a KeyUpdate message when no application data is
432 // pending.
433 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_key_update(SSL *ssl, int request_type);
434 
435 // SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. It runs in two stages. First, it sends
436 // close_notify and returns zero or one on success or -1 on failure. Zero
437 // indicates that close_notify was sent, but not received, and one additionally
438 // indicates that the peer's close_notify had already been received.
439 //
440 // To then wait for the peer's close_notify, run |SSL_shutdown| to completion a
441 // second time. This returns 1 on success and -1 on failure. Application data
442 // is considered a fatal error at this point. To process or discard it, read
443 // until close_notify with |SSL_read| instead.
444 //
445 // In both cases, on failure, pass the return value into |SSL_get_error| to
446 // determine how to proceed.
447 //
448 // Most callers should stop at the first stage. Reading for close_notify is
449 // primarily used for uncommon protocols where the underlying transport is
450 // reused after TLS completes. Additionally, DTLS uses an unordered transport
451 // and is unordered, so the second stage is a no-op in DTLS.
452 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl);
453 
454 // SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If
455 // enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one
456 // from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one.
457 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode);
458 
459 // SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for
460 // |ctx|.
461 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
462 
463 // SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled,
464 // |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the
465 // peer. It will instead synchronously return one.
466 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode);
467 
468 // SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for
469 // |ssl|.
470 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl);
471 
472 // SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on
473 // |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the
474 // error was fatal and, if not, when to retry.
475 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code);
476 
477 // SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded.
478 #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0
479 
480 // SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller
481 // may inspect the error queue for more information.
482 #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1
483 
484 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from
485 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready
486 // for reading.
487 //
488 // If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call
489 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See
490 // |SSL_do_handshake|.
491 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2
492 
493 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE indicates the operation failed attempting to write to
494 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready
495 // for writing.
496 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3
497 
498 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the
499 // |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the
500 // callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured
501 // externally.
502 //
503 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|.
504 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4
505 
506 // SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the library.
507 // The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This is
508 // typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It
509 // may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the
510 // operation's return value will be zero.
511 #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5
512 
513 // SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection
514 // was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert.
515 #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6
516 
517 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect
518 // the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the
519 // operation when the transport is ready.
520 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7
521 
522 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a
523 // connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The
524 // caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready.
525 //
526 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre.
527 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8
528 
529 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP is never used.
530 //
531 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. Some callers reference it when stringifying
532 // errors. They should use |SSL_error_description| instead.
533 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9
534 
535 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session
536 // lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry
537 // the operation when lookup has completed.
538 //
539 // See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|.
540 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11
541 
542 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the
543 // early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may
544 // retry the operation when lookup has completed.
545 //
546 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|.
547 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12
548 
549 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because
550 // a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation
551 // when the private key operation is complete.
552 //
553 // See also |SSL_set_private_key_method|, |SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method|, and
554 // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method|.
555 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13
556 
557 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET indicates that a ticket decryption is pending. The
558 // caller may retry the operation when the decryption is ready.
559 //
560 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method|.
561 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET 14
562 
563 // SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED indicates that early data was rejected. The
564 // caller should treat this as a connection failure and retry any operations
565 // associated with the rejected early data. |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| may be
566 // used to reuse the underlying connection for the retry.
567 #define SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 15
568 
569 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY indicates the operation failed because
570 // certificate verification was incomplete. The caller may retry the operation
571 // when certificate verification is complete.
572 //
573 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|.
574 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 16
575 
576 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF 17
577 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK 18
578 
579 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE indicates the operation is pending a response to
580 // a renegotiation request from the server. The caller may call
581 // |SSL_renegotiate| to schedule a renegotiation and retry the operation.
582 //
583 // See also |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|.
584 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE 19
585 
586 // SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY indicates the handshake has progressed enough
587 // for |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to be called. See also
588 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints|.
589 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY 20
590 
591 // SSL_error_description returns a string representation of |err|, where |err|
592 // is one of the |SSL_ERROR_*| constants returned by |SSL_get_error|, or NULL
593 // if the value is unrecognized.
594 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_error_description(int err);
595 
596 // SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success
597 // and zero on failure.
598 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu);
599 
600 // DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration sets the initial duration for a DTLS
601 // handshake timeout.
602 //
603 // This duration overrides the default of 1 second, which is the strong
604 // recommendation of RFC 6347 (see section 4.2.4.1). However, there may exist
605 // situations where a shorter timeout would be beneficial, such as for
606 // time-sensitive applications.
607 OPENSSL_EXPORT void DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration(SSL *ssl,
608                                                         unsigned duration_ms);
609 
610 // DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a
611 // timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one.
612 // Otherwise, it returns zero.
613 //
614 // When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the
615 // retransmit behavior.
616 //
617 // NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state
618 // machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called.
619 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out);
620 
621 // DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no
622 // timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous
623 // flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired
624 // without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1.
625 //
626 // The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| queries
627 // within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but
628 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout.
629 //
630 // If the function returns -1, checking if |SSL_get_error| returns
631 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| may be used to determine if the retransmit failed due
632 // to a non-fatal error at the write |BIO|. However, the operation may not be
633 // retried until the next timeout fires.
634 //
635 // WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention.
636 //
637 // TODO(davidben): This |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| behavior is kind of bizarre.
638 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl);
639 
640 
641 // Protocol versions.
642 
643 #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe
644 #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03
645 
646 #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300
647 #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301
648 #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302
649 #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303
650 #define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304
651 
652 #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff
653 #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd
654 
655 // SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to
656 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It
657 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
658 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx,
659                                                  uint16_t version);
660 
661 // SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to
662 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It
663 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
664 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx,
665                                                  uint16_t version);
666 
667 // SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ctx|
668 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
669 
670 // SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ctx|
671 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
672 
673 // SSL_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to
674 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It
675 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
676 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_min_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version);
677 
678 // SSL_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to
679 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It
680 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
681 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version);
682 
683 // SSL_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ssl|. If
684 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned.
685 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_min_proto_version(const SSL *ssl);
686 
687 // SSL_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ssl|. If
688 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned.
689 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_max_proto_version(const SSL *ssl);
690 
691 // SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is
692 // one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version
693 // is negotiated, the result is undefined.
694 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl);
695 
696 
697 // Options.
698 //
699 // Options configure protocol behavior.
700 
701 // SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying
702 // |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|.
703 #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L
704 
705 // SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077).
706 #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L
707 
708 // SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and
709 // ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the
710 // client's.
711 #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L
712 
713 // The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated.
714 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version|
715 // instead.
716 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L
717 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L
718 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L
719 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000L
720 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1
721 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2
722 
723 // SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one
724 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a
725 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options.
726 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options);
727 
728 // SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be
729 // one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a
730 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options.
731 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options);
732 
733 // SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all
734 // the options enabled for |ctx|.
735 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
736 
737 // SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or
738 // more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask
739 // representing the resulting enabled options.
740 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options);
741 
742 // SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one
743 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a
744 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options.
745 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options);
746 
747 // SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the
748 // options enabled for |ssl|.
749 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl);
750 
751 
752 // Modes.
753 //
754 // Modes configure API behavior.
755 
756 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE, in TLS, allows |SSL_write| to complete with a
757 // partial result when the only part of the input was written in a single
758 // record. In DTLS, it does nothing.
759 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L
760 
761 // SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER, in TLS, allows retrying an incomplete
762 // |SSL_write| with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the
763 // buffer contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the
764 // misconception that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking
765 // |write|. In DTLS, it does nothing.
766 #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L
767 
768 // SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain
769 // before sending certificates to the peer. This flag is set (and the feature
770 // disabled) by default.
771 // TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/42.
772 #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L
773 
774 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before
775 // receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full handshakes
776 // to 'complete' in one RTT. See RFC 7918.
777 //
778 // When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the
779 // handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point,
780 // and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before
781 // returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the
782 // handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|,
783 // and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
784 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L
785 
786 // SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in TLS 1.0 to be
787 // split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and the second will
788 // contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and prevents BEAST
789 // attacks.
790 #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L
791 
792 // SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to
793 // fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that
794 // session resumption is used for a given SSL*.
795 #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L
796 
797 // SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello.
798 // To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol
799 // version; see RFC 7507 for details.
800 //
801 // DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use
802 // this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507.
803 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L
804 
805 // SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more
806 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask
807 // representing the resulting enabled modes.
808 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode);
809 
810 // SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or
811 // more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a
812 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes.
813 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode);
814 
815 // SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all
816 // the modes enabled for |ssl|.
817 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
818 
819 // SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of
820 // the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask
821 // representing the resulting enabled modes.
822 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode);
823 
824 // SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more
825 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask
826 // representing the resulting enabled modes.
827 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode);
828 
829 // SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the
830 // modes enabled for |ssl|.
831 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl);
832 
833 // SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool sets a |CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL| that will be used to
834 // store certificates. This can allow multiple connections to share
835 // certificates and thus save memory.
836 //
837 // The SSL_CTX does not take ownership of |pool| and the caller must ensure
838 // that |pool| outlives |ctx| and all objects linked to it, including |SSL|,
839 // |X509| and |SSL_SESSION| objects. Basically, don't ever free |pool|.
840 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool(SSL_CTX *ctx,
841                                              CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL *pool);
842 
843 
844 // Credentials.
845 //
846 // TLS endpoints may present authentication during the handshake, usually using
847 // X.509 certificates. This is typically required for servers and optional for
848 // clients. BoringSSL uses the |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object to abstract between
849 // different kinds of credentials, as well as configure automatic selection
850 // between multiple credentials. This may be used to select between ECDSA and
851 // RSA certificates.
852 //
853 // |SSL_CTX| and |SSL| objects maintain lists of credentials in preference
854 // order. During the handshake, BoringSSL will select the first usable
855 // credential from the list. Non-credential APIs, such as
856 // |SSL_CTX_use_certificate|, configure a "default credential", which is
857 // appended to this list if configured.
858 //
859 // When selecting credentials, BoringSSL considers the credential's type, its
860 // cryptographic capabilities, and capabilities advertised by the peer. This
861 // varies between TLS versions but includes:
862 //
863 // - Whether the peer supports the leaf certificate key
864 // - Whether there is a common signature algorithm that is compatible with the
865 //   credential
866 // - Whether there is a common cipher suite that is compatible with the
867 //   credential
868 //
869 // WARNING: In TLS 1.2 and below, there is no mechanism for servers to advertise
870 // supported ECDSA curves to the client. BoringSSL clients will assume the
871 // server accepts all ECDSA curves in client certificates.
872 //
873 // By default, BoringSSL does not check the following, though we may add APIs
874 // in the future to enable them on a per-credential basis.
875 //
876 // - Whether the peer supports the signature algorithms in the certificate chain
877 // - Whether the a server certificate is compatible with the server_name
878 //   extension (SNI)
879 // - Whether the peer supports the certificate authority that issued the
880 //   certificate
881 //
882 // Credentials may be configured before the handshake or dynamically in the
883 // early callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|) and certificate
884 // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|). These callbacks allow applications to
885 // use BoringSSL's built-in selection logic in tandem with custom logic. For
886 // example, a callback could evaluate application-specific SNI rules to filter
887 // down to an ECDSA and RSA credential, then configure both for BoringSSL to
888 // select between the two.
889 
890 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509 returns a new, empty X.509 credential, or NULL on
891 // error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| when
892 // done.
893 //
894 // Callers should configure a certificate chain and private key on the
895 // credential, along with other properties, then add it with
896 // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|.
897 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509(void);
898 
899 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref increments the reference count of |cred|.
900 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred);
901 
902 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_free decrements the reference count of |cred|. If it reaches
903 // zero, all data referenced by |cred| and |cred| itself are released.
904 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_free(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred);
905 
906 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key sets |cred|'s private key to |cred|. It
907 // returns one on success and zero on failure.
908 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred,
909                                                    EVP_PKEY *key);
910 
911 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |cred| to use |prefs|
912 // as the preference list when signing with |cred|'s private key. It returns one
913 // on success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only
914 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
915 //
916 // It is an error to call this function with delegated credentials (see
917 // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) because delegated credentials already
918 // constrain the key to a single algorithm.
919 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs(
920     SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const uint16_t *prefs, size_t num_prefs);
921 
922 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain sets |cred|'s certificate chain, starting from
923 // the leaf, to |num_cert|s certificates from |certs|. It returns one on success
924 // and zero on error.
925 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred,
926                                                   CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs,
927                                                   size_t num_certs);
928 
929 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response sets |cred|'s stapled OCSP response to
930 // |ocsp|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
931 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred,
932                                                      CRYPTO_BUFFER *ocsp);
933 
934 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |cred|'s list of signed
935 // certificate timestamps |sct_list|. |sct_list| must contain one or more SCT
936 // structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestampList (see
937 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT is prefixed
938 // by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or more such
939 // prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It returns one
940 // on success and zero on error.
941 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list(
942     SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *sct_list);
943 
944 // SSL_CTX_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ctx|'s credential list. It returns
945 // one on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order
946 // of decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls.
947 //
948 // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may
949 // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions.
950 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_credential(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred);
951 
952 // SSL_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ssl|'s credential list. It returns one
953 // on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order of
954 // decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls.
955 //
956 // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may
957 // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions.
958 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_credential(SSL *ssl, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred);
959 
960 // SSL_certs_clear removes all credentials configured on |ssl|. It also removes
961 // the certificate chain and private key on the default credential.
962 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl);
963 
964 // SSL_get0_selected_credential returns the credential in use in the current
965 // handshake on |ssl|. If there is current handshake on |ssl| or if the
966 // handshake has not progressed to this point, it returns NULL.
967 //
968 // This function is intended for use with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data|. It may
969 // be called from handshake callbacks, such as those in
970 // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|, to trigger credential-specific behavior.
971 //
972 // In applications that use the older APIs, such as |SSL_use_certificate|, this
973 // function may return an internal |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object. This internal object
974 // will have no ex_data installed. To avoid this, it is recommended that callers
975 // moving to |SSL_CREDENTIAL| use the new APIs consistently.
976 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_get0_selected_credential(
977     const SSL *ssl);
978 
979 
980 // Configuring certificates and private keys.
981 //
982 // These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and
983 // certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on
984 // the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates
985 // use these functions.
986 //
987 // Prefer to configure the certificate before the private key. If configured in
988 // the other order, inconsistent private keys will be silently dropped, rather
989 // than return an error. Additionally, overwriting a previously-configured
990 // certificate and key pair only works if the certificate is configured first.
991 //
992 // Each of these functions configures the default credential. To select between
993 // multiple certificates, see |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509| and related APIs.
994 
995 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns
996 // one on success and zero on failure. If |ctx| has a private key which is
997 // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped.
998 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
999 
1000 // SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one
1001 // on success and zero on failure. If |ssl| has a private key which is
1002 // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped.
1003 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
1004 
1005 // SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on
1006 // success and zero on failure. If |ctx| had a private key or
1007 // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced.
1008 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
1009 
1010 // SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on
1011 // success and zero on failure. If |ssl| had a private key or
1012 // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced.
1013 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
1014 
1015 // SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
1016 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|.
1017 // Otherwise, it returns zero.
1018 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
1019 
1020 // SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
1021 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains
1022 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely.
1023 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
1024 
1025 // SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
1026 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|.
1027 // Otherwise, it returns zero.
1028 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
1029 
1030 // SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
1031 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains
1032 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely.
1033 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
1034 
1035 // SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On
1036 // success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns
1037 // zero.
1038 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
1039 
1040 // SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It
1041 // returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of
1042 // |x509| and may release it freely.
1043 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
1044 
1045 // SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success,
1046 // it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero.
1047 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
1048 
1049 // SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|.
1050 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
1051 
1052 // SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns
1053 // one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509|
1054 // and may release it freely.
1055 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
1056 
1057 // SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns
1058 // one.
1059 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx);
1060 
1061 // SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|.
1062 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx);
1063 
1064 // SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one.
1065 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl);
1066 
1067 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate.
1068 // The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative
1069 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused,
1070 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|.
1071 //
1072 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and
1073 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate
1074 // request.
1075 //
1076 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been
1077 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs
1078 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate.
1079 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1080                                         int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg),
1081                                         void *arg);
1082 
1083 // SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The
1084 // callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative
1085 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused,
1086 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|.
1087 //
1088 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and
1089 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate
1090 // request.
1091 //
1092 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been
1093 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs
1094 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate.
1095 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg),
1096                                     void *arg);
1097 
1098 // SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array
1099 // containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the
1100 // length of the array. Note this list is always empty in TLS 1.3. The server
1101 // will instead send signature algorithms. See
1102 // |SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms|.
1103 //
1104 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by
1105 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the
1106 // handshake is paused because of them.
1107 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(const SSL *ssl,
1108                                                  const uint8_t **out_types);
1109 
1110 // SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array containing
1111 // the signature algorithms the peer is able to verify. It returns the length of
1112 // the array. Note these values are only sent starting TLS 1.2 and only
1113 // mandatory starting TLS 1.3. If not sent, the empty array is returned. For the
1114 // historical client certificate types list, see |SSL_get0_certificate_types|.
1115 //
1116 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by
1117 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the
1118 // handshake is paused because of them.
1119 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t
1120 SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs);
1121 
1122 // SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array
1123 // containing the signature algorithms the peer is willing to use with delegated
1124 // credentials.  It returns the length of the array. If not sent, the empty
1125 // array is returned.
1126 //
1127 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by
1128 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the
1129 // handshake is paused because of them.
1130 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t
1131 SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms(const SSL *ssl,
1132                                     const uint16_t **out_sigalgs);
1133 
1134 // SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate.
1135 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1136 
1137 // SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate.
1138 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl);
1139 
1140 // SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key.
1141 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1142 
1143 // SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key.
1144 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl);
1145 
1146 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and
1147 // returns one.
1148 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx,
1149                                             STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain);
1150 
1151 // SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|.
1152 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx,
1153                                                  STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain);
1154 
1155 // SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and
1156 // returns one.
1157 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl,
1158                                         STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain);
1159 
1160 // SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate
1161 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must
1162 // contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp
1163 // List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT
1164 // is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or
1165 // more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It
1166 // returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of
1167 // |list|.
1168 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1169                                                           const uint8_t *list,
1170                                                           size_t list_len);
1171 
1172 // SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate
1173 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request is. The same format as the
1174 // one used for |SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list| applies. The caller
1175 // retains ownership of |list|.
1176 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL *ctx,
1177                                                       const uint8_t *list,
1178                                                       size_t list_len);
1179 
1180 // SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients
1181 // which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller
1182 // retains ownership of |response|.
1183 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1184                                              const uint8_t *response,
1185                                              size_t response_len);
1186 
1187 // SSL_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients which
1188 // request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains
1189 // ownership of |response|.
1190 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ocsp_response(SSL *ssl,
1191                                          const uint8_t *response,
1192                                          size_t response_len);
1193 
1194 // SSL_SIGN_* are signature algorithm values as defined in TLS 1.3.
1195 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201
1196 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401
1197 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501
1198 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601
1199 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203
1200 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403
1201 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503
1202 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603
1203 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804
1204 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805
1205 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806
1206 #define SSL_SIGN_ED25519 0x0807
1207 
1208 // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY is a backport of RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with
1209 // SHA-256 to TLS 1.3. It is disabled by default and only defined for client
1210 // certificates.
1211 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY 0x0420
1212 
1213 // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 is an internal signature algorithm used to
1214 // specify raw RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with an MD5/SHA-1 concatenation, as used in TLS
1215 // before TLS 1.2.
1216 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 0xff01
1217 
1218 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name returns a human-readable name for |sigalg|,
1219 // or NULL if unknown. If |include_curve| is one, the curve for ECDSA algorithms
1220 // is included as in TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it is excluded as in TLS 1.2.
1221 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name(uint16_t sigalg,
1222                                                             int include_curve);
1223 
1224 // SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names outputs a list of possible strings
1225 // |SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL.
1226 // It writes at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it
1227 // would have written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be
1228 // initially set to zero to size the output.
1229 //
1230 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
1231 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
1232 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
1233 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
1234 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
1235 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
1236 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names(const char **out,
1237                                                             size_t max_out);
1238 
1239 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type returns the key type associated with
1240 // |sigalg| as an |EVP_PKEY_*| constant or |EVP_PKEY_NONE| if unknown.
1241 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type(uint16_t sigalg);
1242 
1243 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest returns the digest function associated
1244 // with |sigalg| or |NULL| if |sigalg| has no prehash (Ed25519) or is unknown.
1245 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest(
1246     uint16_t sigalg);
1247 
1248 // SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss returns one if |sigalg| is an RSA-PSS
1249 // signature algorithm and zero otherwise.
1250 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss(uint16_t sigalg);
1251 
1252 // SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the
1253 // preference list when signing with |ctx|'s private key. It returns one on
1254 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value
1255 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
1256 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1257                                                        const uint16_t *prefs,
1258                                                        size_t num_prefs);
1259 
1260 // SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the
1261 // preference list when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on
1262 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value
1263 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
1264 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl,
1265                                                    const uint16_t *prefs,
1266                                                    size_t num_prefs);
1267 
1268 
1269 // Certificate and private key convenience functions.
1270 
1271 // SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a
1272 // TLS client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY|
1273 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method|
1274 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error.
1275 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key(
1276     SSL_CTX *ctx, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs,
1277     EVP_PKEY *privkey, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method);
1278 
1279 // SSL_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a TLS
1280 // client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY|
1281 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method|
1282 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error.
1283 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_chain_and_key(
1284     SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, EVP_PKEY *privkey,
1285     const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method);
1286 
1287 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by
1288 // |SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key|. Reference counts are not incremented by this
1289 // call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain has been set.
1290 //
1291 // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then
1292 // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may
1293 // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with
1294 // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.)
1295 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_CTX_get0_chain(
1296     const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1297 
1298 // SSL_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by
1299 // |SSL_set_chain_and_key|, unless they have been discarded. Reference counts
1300 // are not incremented by this call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain
1301 // has been set.
1302 //
1303 // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then
1304 // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may
1305 // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with
1306 // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.)
1307 //
1308 // This function may return nullptr if a handshake has completed even if
1309 // |SSL_set_chain_and_key| was previously called, since the configuration
1310 // containing the certificates is typically cleared after handshake completion.
1311 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_get0_chain(const SSL *ssl);
1312 
1313 // SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one
1314 // on success and zero on failure.
1315 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa);
1316 
1317 // SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on
1318 // success and zero on failure.
1319 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa);
1320 
1321 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as
1322 // input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on
1323 // failure.
1324 
1325 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t der_len,
1326                                                 const uint8_t *der);
1327 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der,
1328                                             size_t der_len);
1329 
1330 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx,
1331                                                const uint8_t *der,
1332                                                size_t der_len);
1333 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl,
1334                                            const uint8_t *der, size_t der_len);
1335 
1336 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1337                                                   const uint8_t *der,
1338                                                   size_t der_len);
1339 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der,
1340                                               size_t der_len);
1341 
1342 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as
1343 // input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The
1344 // |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether
1345 // the file's contents are read as PEM or DER.
1346 
1347 #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM 1
1348 #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 2
1349 
1350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1351                                                   const char *file,
1352                                                   int type);
1353 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file,
1354                                               int type);
1355 
1356 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file,
1357                                                 int type);
1358 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file,
1359                                             int type);
1360 
1361 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file,
1362                                                int type);
1363 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file,
1364                                            int type);
1365 
1366 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It
1367 // reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed
1368 // optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on
1369 // success and zero on failure.
1370 //
1371 // WARNING: If the input contains "TRUSTED CERTIFICATE" PEM blocks, this
1372 // function parses auxiliary properties as in |d2i_X509_AUX|. Passing untrusted
1373 // input to this function allows an attacker to influence those properties. See
1374 // |d2i_X509_AUX| for details.
1375 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1376                                                       const char *file);
1377 
1378 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based
1379 // convenience functions called on |ctx|.
1380 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1381                                                   pem_password_cb *cb);
1382 
1383 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb returns the callback set by
1384 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb|.
1385 OPENSSL_EXPORT pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb(
1386     const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1387 
1388 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for
1389 // |ctx|'s password callback.
1390 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1391                                                            void *data);
1392 
1393 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata returns the userdata parameter set by
1394 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata|.
1395 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1396 
1397 
1398 // Custom private keys.
1399 
1400 enum ssl_private_key_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
1401   ssl_private_key_success,
1402   ssl_private_key_retry,
1403   ssl_private_key_failure,
1404 };
1405 
1406 // ssl_private_key_method_st (aka |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|) describes private
1407 // key hooks. This is used to off-load signing operations to a custom,
1408 // potentially asynchronous, backend. Metadata about the key such as the type
1409 // and size are parsed out of the certificate.
1410 struct ssl_private_key_method_st {
1411   // sign signs the message |in| in using the specified signature algorithm. On
1412   // success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes at most |max_out|
1413   // bytes of signature data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes
1414   // written. On failure, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation
1415   // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should
1416   // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the
1417   // operation is completed. This will result in a call to |complete|.
1418   //
1419   // |signature_algorithm| is one of the |SSL_SIGN_*| values, as defined in TLS
1420   // 1.3. Note that, in TLS 1.2, ECDSA algorithms do not require that curve
1421   // sizes match hash sizes, so the curve portion of |SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_*| values
1422   // must be ignored. BoringSSL will internally handle the curve matching logic
1423   // where appropriate.
1424   //
1425   // It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in
1426   // progress on |ssl|.
1427   enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len,
1428                                         size_t max_out,
1429                                         uint16_t signature_algorithm,
1430                                         const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
1431 
1432   // decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it
1433   // returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of
1434   // decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes
1435   // written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation
1436   // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should
1437   // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the
1438   // operation is completed, which will result in a call to |complete|. This
1439   // function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA decryption
1440   // operation with no padding.
1441   //
1442   // It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in
1443   // progress on |ssl|.
1444   enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
1445                                            size_t *out_len, size_t max_out,
1446                                            const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
1447 
1448   // complete completes a pending operation. If the operation has completed, it
1449   // returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |out| as in
1450   // |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on failure and
1451   // |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress.
1452   //
1453   // |complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but it
1454   // is an error to call |complete| if there is no pending operation in progress
1455   // on |ssl|.
1456   enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
1457                                             size_t *out_len, size_t max_out);
1458 };
1459 
1460 // SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|.
1461 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|.
1462 //
1463 // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities
1464 // with |SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a
1465 // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support.
1466 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method(
1467     SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method);
1468 
1469 // SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ctx|.
1470 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|.
1471 //
1472 // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities
1473 // with |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a
1474 // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support.
1475 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method(
1476     SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method);
1477 
1478 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on
1479 // |cred|. |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |cred|. It returns
1480 // one on success and zero if |cred| does not use private keys.
1481 //
1482 // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities
1483 // with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may
1484 // select a signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. This is not
1485 // necessary for delegated credentials (see |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|)
1486 // because delegated credentials only support a single signature algorithm.
1487 //
1488 // Functions in |key_method| will be passed an |SSL| object, but not |cred|
1489 // directly. Use |SSL_get0_selected_credential| to determine the selected
1490 // credential. From there, |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data| can be used to look up
1491 // credential-specific state, such as a handle to the private key.
1492 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method(
1493     SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method);
1494 
1495 // SSL_can_release_private_key returns one if |ssl| will no longer call into the
1496 // private key and zero otherwise. If the function returns one, the caller can
1497 // release state associated with the private key.
1498 //
1499 // NOTE: This function assumes the caller does not use |SSL_clear| to reuse
1500 // |ssl| for a second connection. If |SSL_clear| is used, BoringSSL may still
1501 // use the private key on the second connection.
1502 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_can_release_private_key(const SSL *ssl);
1503 
1504 
1505 // Cipher suites.
1506 //
1507 // |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites.
1508 
1509 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER)
1510 
1511 // SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher
1512 // suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See
1513 // https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4.
1514 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value);
1515 
1516 // SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s non-IANA id. This is not its
1517 // IANA-assigned number, which is called the "value" here, although it may be
1518 // cast to a |uint16_t| to get it.
1519 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1520 
1521 // SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id returns |cipher|'s IANA-assigned number.
1522 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1523 
1524 // SSL_CIPHER_is_aead returns one if |cipher| uses an AEAD cipher.
1525 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1526 
1527 // SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher.
1528 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1529 
1530 // SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s bulk
1531 // cipher. Possible values are |NID_aes_128_gcm|, |NID_aes_256_gcm|,
1532 // |NID_chacha20_poly1305|, |NID_aes_128_cbc|, |NID_aes_256_cbc|, and
1533 // |NID_des_ede3_cbc|.
1534 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1535 
1536 // SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s HMAC if it is a
1537 // legacy cipher suite. For modern AEAD-based ciphers (see
1538 // |SSL_CIPHER_is_aead|), it returns |NID_undef|.
1539 //
1540 // Note this function only returns the legacy HMAC digest, not the PRF hash.
1541 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1542 
1543 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s key exchange. This may
1544 // be |NID_kx_rsa|, |NID_kx_ecdhe|, or |NID_kx_psk| for TLS 1.2. In TLS 1.3,
1545 // cipher suites do not specify the key exchange, so this function returns
1546 // |NID_kx_any|.
1547 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1548 
1549 // SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s authentication
1550 // type. This may be |NID_auth_rsa|, |NID_auth_ecdsa|, or |NID_auth_psk| for TLS
1551 // 1.2. In TLS 1.3, cipher suites do not specify authentication, so this
1552 // function returns |NID_auth_any|.
1553 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1554 
1555 // SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest returns |cipher|'s PRF hash. If |cipher|
1556 // is a pre-TLS-1.2 cipher, it returns |EVP_md5_sha1| but note these ciphers use
1557 // SHA-256 in TLS 1.2. Other return values may be treated uniformly in all
1558 // applicable versions.
1559 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest(
1560     const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1561 
1562 // SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid behaves like |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| but
1563 // returns the NID constant. Use |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| instead.
1564 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1565 
1566 // SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version returns the minimum protocol version required
1567 // for |cipher|.
1568 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1569 
1570 // SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version returns the maximum protocol version that
1571 // supports |cipher|.
1572 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1573 
1574 // SSL_CIPHER_standard_name returns the standard IETF name for |cipher|. For
1575 // example, "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256".
1576 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1577 
1578 // SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. For example,
1579 // "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256". Callers are recommended to use
1580 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| instead.
1581 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1582 
1583 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange
1584 // method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". TLS 1.3 AEAD-only
1585 // ciphers return the string "GENERIC".
1586 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1587 
1588 // SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If
1589 // |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the
1590 // symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|.
1591 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher,
1592                                        int *out_alg_bits);
1593 
1594 // SSL_get_all_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings
1595 // |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at
1596 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
1597 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
1598 // to zero to size the output.
1599 //
1600 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
1601 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
1602 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
1603 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
1604 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
1605 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
1606 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_cipher_names(const char **out,
1607                                                size_t max_out);
1608 
1609 
1610 // SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings
1611 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes
1612 // at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
1613 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
1614 // to zero to size the output.
1615 //
1616 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
1617 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
1618 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
1619 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
1620 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
1621 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
1622 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names(const char **out,
1623                                                         size_t max_out);
1624 
1625 
1626 // Cipher suite configuration.
1627 //
1628 // OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language
1629 // maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of
1630 // disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a
1631 // default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of
1632 // directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state.
1633 //
1634 // Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a
1635 // selector which matches a subset of available ciphers.
1636 //
1637 // Available opcodes are:
1638 //
1639 // - The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the
1640 //   end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to
1641 //   each other matching their order in the disabled list.
1642 //
1643 // - |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled
1644 //   list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the
1645 //   most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other
1646 //   disabled ciphers if re-enabled.
1647 //
1648 // - |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with
1649 //   relative order preserved.
1650 //
1651 // - |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted
1652 //   ciphers will not matched by future operations.
1653 //
1654 // A selector may be a specific cipher (using either the standard or OpenSSL
1655 // name for the cipher) or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final
1656 // selector matches the intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA|
1657 // matches ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers.
1658 //
1659 // Available cipher rules are:
1660 //
1661 // - |ALL| matches all ciphers, except for deprecated ciphers which must be
1662 //   named explicitly.
1663 //
1664 // - |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE,
1665 //   ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is
1666 //   matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|.
1667 //
1668 // - |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and
1669 //   a pre-shared key, respectively.
1670 //
1671 // - |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the
1672 //   corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not
1673 //   |aRSA|.
1674 //
1675 // - |3DES|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match ciphers
1676 //   whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note that
1677 //   |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers.
1678 //
1679 // - |SHA1|, and its alias |SHA|, match legacy cipher suites using HMAC-SHA1.
1680 //
1681 // Deprecated cipher rules:
1682 //
1683 // - |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|,
1684 //   |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively.
1685 //
1686 // - |HIGH| is an alias for |ALL|.
1687 //
1688 // - |FIPS| is an alias for |HIGH|.
1689 //
1690 // - |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier.
1691 //   |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not
1692 //   be used.
1693 //
1694 // Unknown rules are silently ignored by legacy APIs, and rejected by APIs with
1695 // "strict" in the name, which should be preferred. Cipher lists can be long
1696 // and it's easy to commit typos. Strict functions will also reject the use of
1697 // spaces, semi-colons and commas as alternative separators.
1698 //
1699 // The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength.
1700 //
1701 // The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands
1702 // to the default ordering of available ciphers.
1703 //
1704 // If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to
1705 // partially respect the client's preferences when
1706 // |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference
1707 // group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to
1708 // enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305
1709 // based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square
1710 // brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example:
1711 //
1712 //   [TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256|TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256]
1713 //
1714 // Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be
1715 // opcode-less. Inside an equal-preference group, spaces are not allowed.
1716 //
1717 // TLS 1.3 ciphers do not participate in this mechanism and instead have a
1718 // built-in preference order. Functions to set cipher lists do not affect TLS
1719 // 1.3, and functions to query the cipher list do not include TLS 1.3 ciphers.
1720 
1721 // SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is
1722 // substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'.
1723 #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL"
1724 
1725 // SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|,
1726 // evaluating |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains
1727 // anything meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1728 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1729                                                   const char *str);
1730 
1731 // SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating
1732 // |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1733 //
1734 // Prefer to use |SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates
1735 // garbage inputs, unless an empty cipher list results.
1736 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str);
1737 
1738 // SSL_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating
1739 // |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains anything
1740 // meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1741 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str);
1742 
1743 // SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as
1744 // a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1745 //
1746 // Prefer to use |SSL_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates garbage
1747 // inputs, unless an empty cipher list results.
1748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str);
1749 
1750 // SSL_CTX_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ctx|, in order of
1751 // preference.
1752 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1753 
1754 // SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group returns one if the |i|th cipher (see
1755 // |SSL_CTX_get_ciphers|) is in the same equipreference group as the one
1756 // following it and zero otherwise.
1757 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group(const SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t i);
1758 
1759 // SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference.
1760 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl);
1761 
1762 
1763 // Connection information.
1764 
1765 // SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake
1766 // and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise.
1767 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl);
1768 
1769 // SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero
1770 // otherwise.
1771 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl);
1772 
1773 // SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in
1774 // False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the
1775 // peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application
1776 // data.
1777 //
1778 // See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|.
1779 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl);
1780 
1781 // SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the
1782 // peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the
1783 // result to release it.
1784 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl);
1785 
1786 // SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if
1787 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list
1788 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during
1789 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1790 //
1791 // WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If
1792 // |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate.
1793 // If a client, it does.
1794 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl);
1795 
1796 // SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if
1797 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list
1798 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during
1799 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1800 //
1801 // This is the same as |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| except that this function
1802 // always returns the full chain, i.e. the first element of the return value
1803 // (if any) will be the leaf certificate. In constrast,
1804 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| returns only the intermediate certificates if the
1805 // |ssl| is a server.
1806 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl);
1807 
1808 // SSL_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if
1809 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list
1810 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during
1811 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1812 //
1813 // This is the |CRYPTO_BUFFER| variant of |SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain|.
1814 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *
1815     SSL_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL *ssl);
1816 
1817 // SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to
1818 // |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if
1819 // |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList
1820 // (including the two leading length bytes).
1821 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3
1822 // If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return.
1823 //
1824 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
1825 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl,
1826                                                         const uint8_t **out,
1827                                                         size_t *out_len);
1828 
1829 // SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len|
1830 // bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an
1831 // OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560.
1832 //
1833 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
1834 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out,
1835                                            size_t *out_len);
1836 
1837 // SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value
1838 // for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It
1839 // returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at
1840 // least 12.
1841 //
1842 // This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed.
1843 // The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since
1844 // renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level
1845 // protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the
1846 // tls-unique value can be read.
1847 //
1848 // The tls-unique value is defined by
1849 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the
1850 // TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the
1851 // Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will
1852 // return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when
1853 // negotiating the original session.
1854 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
1855                                       size_t *out_len, size_t max_out);
1856 
1857 // SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret extension or
1858 // TLS 1.3 was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero.
1859 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl);
1860 
1861 // SSL_get_current_cipher returns cipher suite used by |ssl|, or NULL if it has
1862 // not been negotiated yet.
1863 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl);
1864 
1865 // SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake
1866 // and zero otherwise.
1867 //
1868 // TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake,
1869 // initial or renego, is in progress.
1870 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl);
1871 
1872 // SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure
1873 // renegotiation (RFC 5746) or TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it returns zero.
1874 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl);
1875 
1876 // SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as
1877 // specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and
1878 // optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context|
1879 // flag controls whether a context is included.)
1880 //
1881 // It returns one on success and zero otherwise.
1882 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material(
1883     SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len,
1884     const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context);
1885 
1886 
1887 // Sessions.
1888 //
1889 // An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an
1890 // abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once
1891 // established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on
1892 // different threads and must not be modified.
1893 //
1894 // Note the TLS notion of "session" is not suitable for application-level
1895 // session state. It is an optional caching mechanism for the handshake. Not all
1896 // connections within an application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. TLS
1897 // sessions may be dropped by the client or ignored by the server at any time.
1898 
1899 DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION)
1900 
1901 // SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on
1902 // error. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be
1903 // used.
1904 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1905 
1906 // SSL_SESSION_up_ref increments the reference count of |session| and returns
1907 // one.
1908 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session);
1909 
1910 // SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches
1911 // zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released.
1912 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session);
1913 
1914 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets
1915 // |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes
1916 // ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns
1917 // one on success and zero on error.
1918 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in,
1919                                         uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len);
1920 
1921 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session
1922 // identification information, namely the session ID and ticket.
1923 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in,
1924                                                    uint8_t **out_data,
1925                                                    size_t *out_len);
1926 
1927 // SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It
1928 // returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error.
1929 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes(
1930     const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len, const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1931 
1932 // SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS or DTLS version
1933 // |session| was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1".
1934 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1935 
1936 // SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version returns the TLS or DTLS version |session|
1937 // was established at.
1938 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t
1939 SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1940 
1941 // SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version sets |session|'s TLS or DTLS version to
1942 // |version|. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be
1943 // used. It returns one on success and zero on error.
1944 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *session,
1945                                                     uint16_t version);
1946 
1947 // SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH is the maximum length of an SSL session ID.
1948 #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32
1949 
1950 // SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containing |session|'s
1951 // session ID and sets |*out_len| to its length.
1952 //
1953 // This function should only be used for implementing a TLS session cache. TLS
1954 // sessions are not suitable for application-level session state, and a session
1955 // ID is an implementation detail of the TLS resumption handshake mechanism. Not
1956 // all resumption flows use session IDs, and not all connections within an
1957 // application-level session will reuse TLS sessions.
1958 //
1959 // To determine if resumption occurred, use |SSL_session_reused| instead.
1960 // Comparing session IDs will not give the right result in all cases.
1961 //
1962 // As a workaround for some broken applications, BoringSSL sometimes synthesizes
1963 // arbitrary session IDs for non-ID-based sessions. This behavior may be
1964 // removed in the future.
1965 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session,
1966                                                  unsigned *out_len);
1967 
1968 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id sets |session|'s session ID to |sid|, It returns one on
1969 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but
1970 // otherwise should not be used.
1971 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t *sid,
1972                                        size_t sid_len);
1973 
1974 // SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in
1975 // seconds since the UNIX epoch.
1976 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1977 
1978 // SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds.
1979 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1980 
1981 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer returns the peer leaf certificate stored in
1982 // |session|.
1983 //
1984 // TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *.
1985 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1986 
1987 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer certificate chain stored
1988 // in |session|, or NULL if the peer did not use certificates. This is the
1989 // unverified list of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain
1990 // built during verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1991 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *
1992     SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1993 
1994 // SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to
1995 // point to |*out_len| bytes of SCT information stored in |session|. This is
1996 // only valid for client sessions. The SCT information is a
1997 // SignedCertificateTimestampList (including the two leading length bytes). See
1998 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 If no SCT was received then
1999 // |*out_len| will be zero on return.
2000 //
2001 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
2002 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(
2003     const SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len);
2004 
2005 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to
2006 // |*out_len| bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER
2007 // encoding of an OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560.
2008 //
2009 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
2010 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL_SESSION *session,
2011                                                    const uint8_t **out,
2012                                                    size_t *out_len);
2013 
2014 // SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH is the maximum length of a master secret.
2015 #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48
2016 
2017 // SSL_SESSION_get_master_key writes up to |max_out| bytes of |session|'s secret
2018 // to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. If |max_out| is zero, it
2019 // returns the size of the secret.
2020 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session,
2021                                                  uint8_t *out, size_t max_out);
2022 
2023 // SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns
2024 // |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not
2025 // be used.
2026 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session,
2027                                              uint64_t time);
2028 
2029 // SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns
2030 // one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not
2031 // be used.
2032 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session,
2033                                                 uint32_t timeout);
2034 
2035 // SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context returns a pointer to a buffer containing
2036 // |session|'s session ID context (see |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) and
2037 // sets |*out_len| to its length.
2038 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(
2039     const SSL_SESSION *session, unsigned *out_len);
2040 
2041 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see
2042 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and
2043 // zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise
2044 // should not be used.
2045 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session,
2046                                                const uint8_t *sid_ctx,
2047                                                size_t sid_ctx_len);
2048 
2049 // SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use returns one if |session| should be
2050 // single-use (TLS 1.3 and later) and zero otherwise.
2051 //
2052 // If this function returns one, clients retain multiple sessions and use each
2053 // only once. This prevents passive observers from correlating connections with
2054 // tickets. See RFC 8446, appendix C.4. If it returns zero, |session| cannot be
2055 // used without leaking a correlator.
2056 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use(const SSL_SESSION *session);
2057 
2058 // SSL_SESSION_is_resumable returns one if |session| is complete and contains a
2059 // session ID or ticket. It returns zero otherwise. Note this function does not
2060 // ensure |session| will be resumed. It may be expired, dropped by the server,
2061 // or associated with incompatible parameters.
2062 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *session);
2063 
2064 // SSL_SESSION_has_ticket returns one if |session| has a ticket and zero
2065 // otherwise.
2066 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session);
2067 
2068 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket sets |*out_ticket| and |*out_len| to |session|'s
2069 // ticket, or NULL and zero if it does not have one. |out_ticket| may be NULL
2070 // if only the ticket length is needed.
2071 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session,
2072                                             const uint8_t **out_ticket,
2073                                             size_t *out_len);
2074 
2075 // SSL_SESSION_set_ticket sets |session|'s ticket to |ticket|. It returns one on
2076 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but
2077 // otherwise should not be used.
2078 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ticket(SSL_SESSION *session,
2079                                           const uint8_t *ticket,
2080                                           size_t ticket_len);
2081 
2082 // SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint returns ticket lifetime hint of
2083 // |session| in seconds or zero if none was set.
2084 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t
2085 SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *session);
2086 
2087 // SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher returns the cipher negotiated by the connection which
2088 // established |session|.
2089 //
2090 // Note that, in TLS 1.3, there is no guarantee that resumptions with |session|
2091 // will use that cipher. Prefer calling |SSL_get_current_cipher| on the |SSL|
2092 // instead.
2093 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(
2094     const SSL_SESSION *session);
2095 
2096 // SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256 returns one if |session| has a SHA-256 hash of
2097 // the peer's certificate retained and zero if the peer did not present a
2098 // certificate or if this was not enabled when |session| was created. See also
2099 // |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|.
2100 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session);
2101 
2102 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256 sets |*out_ptr| and |*out_len| to the SHA-256
2103 // hash of the peer certificate retained in |session|, or NULL and zero if it
2104 // does not have one. See also |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|.
2105 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session,
2106                                                  const uint8_t **out_ptr,
2107                                                  size_t *out_len);
2108 
2109 
2110 // Session caching.
2111 //
2112 // Session caching allows connections to be established more efficiently based
2113 // on saved parameters from a previous connection, called a session (see
2114 // |SSL_SESSION|). The client offers a saved session, using an opaque identifier
2115 // from a previous connection. The server may accept the session, if it has the
2116 // parameters available. Otherwise, it will decline and continue with a full
2117 // handshake.
2118 //
2119 // This requires both the client and the server to retain session state. A
2120 // client does so with a stateful session cache. A server may do the same or, if
2121 // supported by both sides, statelessly using session tickets. For more
2122 // information on the latter, see the next section.
2123 //
2124 // For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an
2125 // in-memory hash table. Servers may also use |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and
2126 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to implement a custom external session cache. In
2127 // particular, this may be used to share a session cache between multiple
2128 // servers in a large deployment. An external cache may be used in addition to
2129 // or instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to
2130 // toggle the internal cache.
2131 //
2132 // For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Clients may use
2133 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to register a callback for when new sessions are
2134 // available. These may be cached and, in subsequent compatible connections,
2135 // configured with |SSL_set_session|.
2136 //
2137 // Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits certificate
2138 // verification and most parameter negotiation. Resuming sessions across
2139 // different contexts may result in security failures and surprising
2140 // behavior. For a typical client, this means sessions for different hosts must
2141 // be cached under different keys. A client that connects to the same host with,
2142 // e.g., different cipher suite settings or client certificates should also use
2143 // separate session caches between those contexts. Servers should also partition
2144 // session caches between SNI hosts with |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|.
2145 //
2146 // Note also, in TLS 1.2 and earlier, offering sessions allows passive observers
2147 // to correlate different client connections. TLS 1.3 and later fix this,
2148 // provided clients use sessions at most once. Session caches are managed by the
2149 // caller in BoringSSL, so this must be implemented externally. See
2150 // |SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use| for details.
2151 
2152 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching.
2153 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000
2154 
2155 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal
2156 // cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks.
2157 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001
2158 
2159 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server.
2160 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002
2161 
2162 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH enables session caching for both client and server.
2163 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER)
2164 
2165 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling
2166 // |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections.
2167 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080
2168 
2169 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session
2170 // from the internal session cache.
2171 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100
2172 
2173 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in
2174 // the internal session cache.
2175 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200
2176 
2177 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session
2178 // cache.
2179 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \
2180     (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE)
2181 
2182 // SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to
2183 // |mode|. It returns the previous value.
2184 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode);
2185 
2186 // SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for
2187 // |ctx|
2188 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2189 
2190 // SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session|
2191 // in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of
2192 // |session|. Note that configuring a session assumes the authentication in the
2193 // session is valid. For callers that wish to revalidate the session before
2194 // offering, see |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates|,
2195 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list|, and
2196 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response|.
2197 //
2198 // It is an error to call this function after the handshake has begun.
2199 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session);
2200 
2201 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a
2202 // session in TLS 1.2 or earlier. This is how long we are willing to use the
2203 // secret to encrypt traffic without fresh key material.
2204 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60)
2205 
2206 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a
2207 // session for TLS 1.3 psk_dhe_ke. This is how long we are willing to use the
2208 // secret as an authenticator.
2209 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT (2 * 24 * 60 * 60)
2210 
2211 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT is the default non-renewable lifetime, in
2212 // seconds, of a TLS 1.3 session. This is how long we are willing to trust the
2213 // signature in the initial handshake.
2214 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT (7 * 24 * 60 * 60)
2215 
2216 // SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier)
2217 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|.
2218 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t timeout);
2219 
2220 // SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.3
2221 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|.
2222 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2223                                                         uint32_t timeout);
2224 
2225 // SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier)
2226 // sessions created in |ctx|.
2227 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2228 
2229 // SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH is the maximum length of a session ID context.
2230 #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32
2231 
2232 // SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|.
2233 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an
2234 // application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a
2235 // connection without a matching session ID context.
2236 //
2237 // For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a
2238 // session ID context.
2239 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2240                                                   const uint8_t *sid_ctx,
2241                                                   size_t sid_ctx_len);
2242 
2243 // SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It
2244 // returns one on success and zero on error. See also
2245 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|.
2246 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx,
2247                                               size_t sid_ctx_len);
2248 
2249 // SSL_get0_session_id_context returns a pointer to |ssl|'s session ID context
2250 // and sets |*out_len| to its length.  It returns NULL on error.
2251 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_get0_session_id_context(const SSL *ssl,
2252                                                           size_t *out_len);
2253 
2254 // SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session
2255 // cache.
2256 #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20)
2257 
2258 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session
2259 // cache to |size|. It returns the previous value.
2260 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2261                                                          unsigned long size);
2262 
2263 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal
2264 // session cache.
2265 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2266 
2267 // SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal
2268 // session cache.
2269 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2270 
2271 // SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It
2272 // returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the
2273 // cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|.
2274 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session);
2275 
2276 // SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache.
2277 // It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache.
2278 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session);
2279 
2280 // SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as
2281 // of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed.
2282 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time);
2283 
2284 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is
2285 // established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the
2286 // appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is
2287 // unset), the callback is not called.
2288 //
2289 // The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes
2290 // ownership (and then calls |SSL_SESSION_free| when done) and zero otherwise. A
2291 // consumer which places |session| into an in-memory cache will likely return
2292 // one, with the cache calling |SSL_SESSION_free|. A consumer which serializes
2293 // |session| with |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| may not need to retain |session| and
2294 // will likely return zero. Returning one is equivalent to calling
2295 // |SSL_SESSION_up_ref| and then returning zero.
2296 //
2297 // Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a
2298 // ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after
2299 // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus
2300 // it's recommended to use this callback over calling |SSL_get_session| on
2301 // handshake completion.
2302 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(
2303     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session));
2304 
2305 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by
2306 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|.
2307 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2308     SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session);
2309 
2310 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is
2311 // removed from the internal session cache.
2312 //
2313 // TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it
2314 // only fires on sessions in the internal cache.
2315 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb(
2316     SSL_CTX *ctx,
2317     void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session));
2318 
2319 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by
2320 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|.
2321 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2322     SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session);
2323 
2324 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a
2325 // server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching
2326 // |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and
2327 // return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a
2328 // client.
2329 //
2330 // For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL
2331 // library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting
2332 // the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If
2333 // |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be
2334 // removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|,
2335 // whereas the callback may synchronize internally.
2336 //
2337 // To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return
2338 // |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and
2339 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|.
2340 //
2341 // If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if
2342 // the internal cache does not return a match.
2343 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(
2344     SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id,
2345                                                  int id_len, int *out_copy));
2346 
2347 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by
2348 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|.
2349 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2350     SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy);
2351 
2352 // SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates
2353 // that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then
2354 // return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later
2355 // when the lookup has completed.
2356 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void);
2357 
2358 
2359 // Session tickets.
2360 //
2361 // Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side
2362 // state. The server maintains a secret ticket key and sends the client opaque
2363 // encrypted session parameters, called a ticket. When offering the session, the
2364 // client sends the ticket which the server decrypts to recover session state.
2365 // Session tickets are enabled by default but may be disabled with
2366 // |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|.
2367 //
2368 // On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets.
2369 // Callers do not need to handle them differently.
2370 //
2371 // On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key.
2372 // By default, an |SSL_CTX| will manage session ticket encryption keys by
2373 // generating them internally and rotating every 48 hours. Tickets are minted
2374 // and processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure
2375 // a persistent key or implement more custom behavior, including key rotation
2376 // and sharing keys between multiple servers in a large deployment. There are
2377 // three levels of customisation possible:
2378 //
2379 // 1) One can simply set the keys with |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys|.
2380 // 2) One can configure an |EVP_CIPHER_CTX| and |HMAC_CTX| directly for
2381 //    encryption and authentication.
2382 // 3) One can configure an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD| to have more control
2383 //    and the option of asynchronous decryption.
2384 //
2385 // An attacker that compromises a server's session ticket key can impersonate
2386 // the server and, prior to TLS 1.3, retroactively decrypt all application
2387 // traffic from sessions using that ticket key. Thus ticket keys must be
2388 // regularly rotated for forward secrecy. Note the default key is rotated
2389 // automatically once every 48 hours but manually configured keys are not.
2390 
2391 // SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL is the interval with which the
2392 // default session ticket encryption key is rotated, if in use. If any
2393 // non-default ticket encryption mechanism is configured, automatic rotation is
2394 // disabled.
2395 #define SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL (2 * 24 * 60 * 60)
2396 
2397 // SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to
2398 // |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not
2399 // 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead.
2400 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out,
2401                                                   size_t len);
2402 
2403 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to
2404 // |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not
2405 // 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead.
2406 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in,
2407                                                   size_t len);
2408 
2409 // SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session
2410 // ticket.
2411 #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16
2412 
2413 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and
2414 // returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when
2415 // decrypting a ticket from the client.
2416 //
2417 // In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with
2418 // |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback|
2419 // configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx|
2420 // for encryption or decryption, based on the mode.
2421 //
2422 // When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public
2423 // 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length
2424 // must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode,
2425 // |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error.
2426 //
2427 // When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a
2428 // 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must
2429 // match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode,
2430 // |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket
2431 // failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed.
2432 // This may be used to re-key the ticket.
2433 //
2434 // WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is
2435 // called in two different modes.
2436 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb(
2437     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv,
2438                                   EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx,
2439                                   int encrypt));
2440 
2441 // ssl_ticket_aead_result_t enumerates the possible results from decrypting a
2442 // ticket with an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|.
2443 enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
2444   // ssl_ticket_aead_success indicates that the ticket was successfully
2445   // decrypted.
2446   ssl_ticket_aead_success,
2447   // ssl_ticket_aead_retry indicates that the operation could not be
2448   // immediately completed and must be reattempted, via |open|, at a later
2449   // point.
2450   ssl_ticket_aead_retry,
2451   // ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket indicates that the ticket should be ignored
2452   // (i.e. is corrupt or otherwise undecryptable).
2453   ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket,
2454   // ssl_ticket_aead_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the
2455   // handshake should be terminated.
2456   ssl_ticket_aead_error,
2457 };
2458 
2459 // ssl_ticket_aead_method_st (aka |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|) contains methods
2460 // for encrypting and decrypting session tickets.
2461 struct ssl_ticket_aead_method_st {
2462   // max_overhead returns the maximum number of bytes of overhead that |seal|
2463   // may add.
2464   size_t (*max_overhead)(SSL *ssl);
2465 
2466   // seal encrypts and authenticates |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most,
2467   // |max_out_len| bytes to |out|, and puts the number of bytes written in
2468   // |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will not otherwise
2469   // alias. It returns one on success or zero on error.
2470   int (*seal)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, size_t max_out_len,
2471               const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
2472 
2473   // open authenticates and decrypts |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most,
2474   // |max_out_len| bytes of plaintext to |out|, and puts the number of bytes
2475   // written in |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will
2476   // not otherwise alias. See |ssl_ticket_aead_result_t| for details of the
2477   // return values. In the case that a retry is indicated, the caller should
2478   // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the
2479   // operation is completed, which will result in another call to |open|.
2480   enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t (*open)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len,
2481                                         size_t max_out_len, const uint8_t *in,
2482                                         size_t in_len);
2483 };
2484 
2485 // SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method configures a custom ticket AEAD method table
2486 // on |ctx|. |aead_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|.
2487 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method(
2488     SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD *aead_method);
2489 
2490 // SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket processes an unencrypted TLS 1.3
2491 // NewSessionTicket message from |buf| and returns a resumable |SSL_SESSION|,
2492 // or NULL on error. The caller takes ownership of the returned session and
2493 // must call |SSL_SESSION_free| to free it.
2494 //
2495 // |buf| contains |buf_len| bytes that represents a complete NewSessionTicket
2496 // message including its header, i.e., one byte for the type (0x04) and three
2497 // bytes for the length. |buf| must contain only one such message.
2498 //
2499 // This function may be used to process NewSessionTicket messages in TLS 1.3
2500 // clients that are handling the record layer externally.
2501 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket(
2502     SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len);
2503 
2504 // SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets configures |ctx| to send |num_tickets| immediately
2505 // after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. It returns one. Large
2506 // values of |num_tickets| will be capped within the library.
2507 //
2508 // By default, BoringSSL sends two tickets.
2509 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets);
2510 
2511 // SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets returns the number of tickets |ctx| will send
2512 // immediately after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server.
2513 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2514 
2515 
2516 // Diffie-Hellman groups and ephemeral key exchanges.
2517 //
2518 // Most TLS handshakes (ECDHE cipher suites in TLS 1.2, and all supported TLS
2519 // 1.3 modes) incorporate an ephemeral key exchange, most commonly using
2520 // Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), as described in RFC 8422. The key
2521 // exchange algorithm is negotiated separately from the cipher suite, using
2522 // NamedGroup values, which define Diffie-Hellman groups.
2523 //
2524 // Historically, these values were known as "curves", in reference to ECDH, and
2525 // some APIs refer to the original name. RFC 7919 renamed them to "groups" in
2526 // reference to Diffie-Hellman in general. These values are also used to select
2527 // experimental post-quantum KEMs. Though not Diffie-Hellman groups, KEMs can
2528 // fill a similar role in TLS, so they use the same codepoints.
2529 //
2530 // In TLS 1.2, the ECDH values also negotiate elliptic curves used in ECDSA. In
2531 // TLS 1.3 and later, ECDSA curves are part of the signature algorithm. See
2532 // |SSL_SIGN_*|.
2533 
2534 // SSL_GROUP_* define TLS group IDs.
2535 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 21
2536 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 23
2537 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 24
2538 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 25
2539 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519 29
2540 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 0x6399
2541 
2542 // SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to |group_ids|.
2543 // Each element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It
2544 // returns one on success and zero on failure.
2545 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2546                                           const uint16_t *group_ids,
2547                                           size_t num_group_ids);
2548 
2549 // SSL_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to |group_ids|. Each
2550 // element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It
2551 // returns one on success and zero on failure.
2552 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_group_ids(SSL *ssl, const uint16_t *group_ids,
2553                                       size_t num_group_ids);
2554 
2555 // SSL_get_group_id returns the ID of the group used by |ssl|'s most recently
2556 // completed handshake, or 0 if not applicable.
2557 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_group_id(const SSL *ssl);
2558 
2559 // SSL_get_group_name returns a human-readable name for the group specified by
2560 // the given TLS group ID, or NULL if the group is unknown.
2561 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_group_name(uint16_t group_id);
2562 
2563 // SSL_get_all_group_names outputs a list of possible strings
2564 // |SSL_get_group_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at
2565 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
2566 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
2567 // to zero to size the output.
2568 //
2569 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
2570 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
2571 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
2572 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
2573 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
2574 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
2575 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_group_names(const char **out, size_t max_out);
2576 
2577 // The following APIs also configure Diffie-Hellman groups, but use |NID_*|
2578 // constants instead of |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. These are provided for OpenSSL
2579 // compatibility. Where NIDs are unstable constants specific to OpenSSL and
2580 // BoringSSL, group IDs are defined by the TLS protocol. Prefer the group ID
2581 // representation if storing persistently, or exporting to another process or
2582 // library.
2583 
2584 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to be |groups|. Each
2585 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one
2586 // on success and zero on failure.
2587 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *groups,
2588                                        size_t num_groups);
2589 
2590 // SSL_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to be |groups|. Each
2591 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one
2592 // on success and zero on failure.
2593 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups(SSL *ssl, const int *groups,
2594                                    size_t num_groups);
2595 
2596 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group
2597 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ctx|'s preferred groups to the
2598 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
2599 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *groups);
2600 
2601 // SSL_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group
2602 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ssl|'s preferred groups to the
2603 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
2604 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups_list(SSL *ssl, const char *groups);
2605 
2606 // SSL_get_negotiated_group returns the NID of the group used by |ssl|'s most
2607 // recently completed handshake, or |NID_undef| if not applicable.
2608 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_negotiated_group(const SSL *ssl);
2609 
2610 
2611 // Certificate verification.
2612 //
2613 // SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically
2614 // this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions
2615 // configure certificate verification.
2616 //
2617 // WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not
2618 // fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with
2619 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|.
2620 //
2621 // By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from
2622 // the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|.
2623 //
2624 // Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is
2625 // underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For
2626 // now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing
2627 // certificate verification externally. This may be done with
2628 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with
2629 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will
2630 // be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy
2631 // X.509 and ASN.1 stack.
2632 //
2633 // To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling
2634 // (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions.
2635 
2636 // SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not
2637 // make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On
2638 // a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default.
2639 #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00
2640 
2641 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a
2642 // server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However,
2643 // anonymous clients are still allowed. See
2644 // |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|.
2645 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01
2646 
2647 // SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if
2648 // the client declines to send a certificate. This flag must be used together
2649 // with |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|, otherwise it won't work.
2650 #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02
2651 
2652 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate
2653 // if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated.
2654 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04
2655 
2656 // SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is
2657 // one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL.
2658 //
2659 // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|,
2660 // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate
2661 // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See
2662 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use
2663 // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to
2664 // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|.
2665 //
2666 // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate
2667 // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after
2668 // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple
2669 // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this
2670 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or
2671 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called.
2672 //
2673 // Instead, use |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| or
2674 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to customize certificate verification.
2675 // Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and
2676 // inspect the result, or perform other operations more straightforwardly.
2677 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify(
2678     SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx));
2679 
2680 // SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of
2681 // the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL.
2682 //
2683 // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|,
2684 // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate
2685 // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See
2686 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use
2687 // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to
2688 // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|.
2689 //
2690 // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate
2691 // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after
2692 // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple
2693 // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this
2694 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or
2695 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called.
2696 //
2697 // Instead, use |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_set_cert_verify_callback| to
2698 // customize certificate verification. Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent
2699 // chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and inspect the result, or perform other
2700 // operations more straightforwardly.
2701 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode,
2702                                    int (*callback)(int ok,
2703                                                    X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx));
2704 
2705 enum ssl_verify_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
2706   ssl_verify_ok,
2707   ssl_verify_invalid,
2708   ssl_verify_retry,
2709 };
2710 
2711 // SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify configures certificate verification. |mode| is one
2712 // of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| performs the
2713 // certificate verification.
2714 //
2715 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_peer_certificates| for the certificate chain
2716 // to validate. The callback should return |ssl_verify_ok| if the certificate is
2717 // valid. If the certificate is invalid, the callback should return
2718 // |ssl_verify_invalid| and optionally set |*out_alert| to an alert to send to
2719 // the peer. Some useful alerts include |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|,
2720 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED|, |SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA|, |SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE|,
2721 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN|, and |SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR|. See RFC 5246
2722 // section 7.2.2 for their precise meanings. If unspecified,
2723 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN| will be sent by default.
2724 //
2725 // To verify a certificate asynchronously, the callback may return
2726 // |ssl_verify_retry|. The handshake will then pause with |SSL_get_error|
2727 // returning |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY|.
2728 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify(
2729     SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode,
2730     enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert));
2731 
2732 // SSL_set_custom_verify behaves like |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| but configures
2733 // an individual |SSL|.
2734 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_custom_verify(
2735     SSL *ssl, int mode,
2736     enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert));
2737 
2738 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by
2739 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|.
2740 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2741 
2742 // SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify|
2743 // or |SSL_set_verify|.  It returns -1 on error.
2744 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl);
2745 
2746 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by
2747 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|.
2748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2749     int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx);
2750 
2751 // SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or
2752 // |SSL_set_verify|.
2753 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))(
2754     int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx);
2755 
2756 // SSL_set1_host sets a DNS name that will be required to be present in the
2757 // verified leaf certificate. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2758 //
2759 // Note: unless _some_ name checking is performed, certificate validation is
2760 // ineffective. Simply checking that a host has some certificate from a CA is
2761 // rarely meaningful—you have to check that the CA believed that the host was
2762 // who you expect to be talking to.
2763 //
2764 // By default, both subject alternative names and the subject's common name
2765 // attribute are checked. The latter has long been deprecated, so callers should
2766 // call |SSL_set_hostflags| with |X509_CHECK_FLAG_NEVER_CHECK_SUBJECT| to use
2767 // the standard behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/464 tracks fixing the
2768 // default.
2769 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_host(SSL *ssl, const char *hostname);
2770 
2771 // SSL_set_hostflags calls |X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags| on the
2772 // |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| associated with this |SSL*|. |flags| should be some
2773 // combination of the |X509_CHECK_*| constants.
2774 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *ssl, unsigned flags);
2775 
2776 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain
2777 // accepted in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and
2778 // the trust anchor (root certificate).
2779 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth);
2780 
2781 // SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted
2782 // in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and the
2783 // trust anchor (root certificate).
2784 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth);
2785 
2786 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted
2787 // in verification.
2788 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2789 
2790 // SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in
2791 // verification.
2792 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl);
2793 
2794 // SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one
2795 // on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|.
2796 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2797                                       const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
2798 
2799 // SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on
2800 // success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|.
2801 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl,
2802                                   const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
2803 
2804 // SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate
2805 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call
2806 // functions on it to configure it.
2807 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2808 
2809 // SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate
2810 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call
2811 // functions on it to configure it.
2812 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl);
2813 
2814 // SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to
2815 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2816 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose);
2817 
2818 // SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to
2819 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2820 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose);
2821 
2822 // SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to
2823 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2824 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust);
2825 
2826 // SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to
2827 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2828 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust);
2829 
2830 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes
2831 // ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification.
2832 //
2833 // The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated.
2834 // See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|.
2835 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store);
2836 
2837 // SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store.
2838 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2839 
2840 // SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths calls |X509_STORE_set_default_paths| on
2841 // |ctx|'s store. See that function for details.
2842 //
2843 // Using this function is not recommended. In OpenSSL, these defaults are
2844 // determined by OpenSSL's install prefix. There is no corresponding concept for
2845 // BoringSSL. Future versions of BoringSSL may change or remove this
2846 // functionality.
2847 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2848 
2849 // SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations calls |X509_STORE_load_locations| on |ctx|'s
2850 // store. See that function for details.
2851 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2852                                                  const char *ca_file,
2853                                                  const char *ca_dir);
2854 
2855 // SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is
2856 // either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value.
2857 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl);
2858 
2859 // SSL_alert_from_verify_result returns the SSL alert code, such as
2860 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, that corresponds to an |X509_V_ERR_*| value.
2861 // The return value is always an alert, even when |result| is |X509_V_OK|.
2862 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_alert_from_verify_result(long result);
2863 
2864 // SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up
2865 // the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback.
2866 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void);
2867 
2868 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on
2869 // certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains
2870 // the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and
2871 // zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a
2872 // verification result.
2873 //
2874 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the
2875 // |SSL| object from |store_ctx|.
2876 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(
2877     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg),
2878     void *arg);
2879 
2880 // SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end
2881 // of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See
2882 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962.
2883 //
2884 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the
2885 // handshake.
2886 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl);
2887 
2888 // SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL
2889 // objects created from |ctx|.
2890 //
2891 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the
2892 // handshake.
2893 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2894 
2895 // SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a
2896 // connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server.
2897 //
2898 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the
2899 // handshake.
2900 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl);
2901 
2902 // SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects
2903 // created from |ctx|.
2904 //
2905 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the
2906 // handshake.
2907 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2908 
2909 // SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2910 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of
2911 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL_CTX|.
2912 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2913                                                   X509_STORE *store);
2914 
2915 // SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2916 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional
2917 // reference to |store| will be taken.
2918 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2919                                                   X509_STORE *store);
2920 
2921 // SSL_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2922 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of
2923 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL|.
2924 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store);
2925 
2926 // SSL_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2927 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional
2928 // reference to |store| will be taken.
2929 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store);
2930 
2931 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the
2932 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It
2933 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only
2934 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
2935 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2936                                                       const uint16_t *prefs,
2937                                                       size_t num_prefs);
2938 
2939 // SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the
2940 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It
2941 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only
2942 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
2943 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl,
2944                                                   const uint16_t *prefs,
2945                                                   size_t num_prefs);
2946 
2947 
2948 // Client certificate CA list.
2949 //
2950 // When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of
2951 // certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to
2952 // configure this list.
2953 
2954 // SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to
2955 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|.
2956 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl,
2957                                            STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list);
2958 
2959 // SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to
2960 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|.
2961 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2962                                                STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list);
2963 
2964 // SSL_set0_client_CAs sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |name_list|,
2965 // which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). It takes
2966 // ownership of |name_list|.
2967 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_client_CAs(SSL *ssl,
2968                                         STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list);
2969 
2970 // SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to
2971 // |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280).
2972 // It takes ownership of |name_list|.
2973 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2974                                             STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list);
2975 
2976 // SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl|
2977 // has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by
2978 // |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|.
2979 //
2980 // If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by
2981 // the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the
2982 // callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or
2983 // when the handshake is paused because of them.
2984 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl);
2985 
2986 // SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs returns the CAs sent by a server to guide a
2987 // client in certificate selection. They are a series of DER-encoded X.509
2988 // names. This function may only be called during a callback set by
2989 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when the handshake is paused because of it.
2990 //
2991 // The returned stack is owned by |ssl|, as are its contents. It should not be
2992 // used past the point where the handshake is restarted after the callback.
2993 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *
2994     SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs(const SSL *ssl);
2995 
2996 // SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list.
2997 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *
2998     SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2999 
3000 // SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list.
3001 // It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of
3002 // |x509|.
3003 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
3004 
3005 // SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA
3006 // list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains
3007 // ownership of |x509|.
3008 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
3009 
3010 // SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from
3011 // it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL
3012 // on error. Duplicates in |file| are ignored.
3013 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file);
3014 
3015 // SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on
3016 // success or NULL on allocation error.
3017 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list);
3018 
3019 // SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file|
3020 // but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on
3021 // error.
3022 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out,
3023                                                        const char *file);
3024 
3025 // SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like
3026 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| but reads from |bio|.
3027 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out,
3028                                                       BIO *bio);
3029 
3030 
3031 // Server name indication.
3032 //
3033 // The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name
3034 // of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting
3035 // deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the
3036 // host_name name type is supported.
3037 
3038 #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0
3039 
3040 // SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name|
3041 // in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3042 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name);
3043 
3044 // SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the
3045 // client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be
3046 // |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|.
3047 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type);
3048 
3049 // SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|
3050 // if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise.
3051 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl);
3052 
3053 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on
3054 // the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one.
3055 // The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name
3056 // extension and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be
3057 // set by calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|.
3058 //
3059 // If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is
3060 // not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is
3061 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL|, then |*out_alert| is the alert to send,
3062 // defaulting to |SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME|. |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is
3063 // ignored and treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|.
3064 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback(
3065     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg));
3066 
3067 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername
3068 // callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|.
3069 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
3070 
3071 // SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks.
3072 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0
3073 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1
3074 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2
3075 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3
3076 
3077 // SSL_set_SSL_CTX changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the
3078 // certificate-related settings from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will report
3079 // |ctx|. This function may be used during the callbacks registered by
3080 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|,
3081 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|, and |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when
3082 // the handshake is paused from them. It is typically used to switch
3083 // certificates based on SNI.
3084 //
3085 // Note the session cache and related settings will continue to use the initial
3086 // |SSL_CTX|. Callers should use |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context| to partition
3087 // the session cache between different domains.
3088 //
3089 // TODO(davidben): Should other settings change after this call?
3090 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx);
3091 
3092 
3093 // Application-layer protocol negotiation.
3094 //
3095 // The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer
3096 // protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate
3097 // HTTP/2.
3098 
3099 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to
3100 // |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
3101 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns
3102 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables
3103 // ALPN on a client.
3104 //
3105 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
3106 // convention.
3107 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos,
3108                                            size_t protos_len);
3109 
3110 // SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|.
3111 // |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
3112 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns
3113 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables
3114 // ALPN on a client.
3115 //
3116 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
3117 // convention.
3118 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos,
3119                                        size_t protos_len);
3120 
3121 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called
3122 // during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the
3123 // client's list of offered protocols. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional
3124 // utility function which may be useful in implementing this callback.
3125 //
3126 // The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
3127 // length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. To select a protocol,
3128 // the callback should set |*out| and |*out_len| to the selected protocol and
3129 // return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success. It does not pass ownership of the
3130 // buffer, so |*out| should point to a static string, a buffer that outlives the
3131 // callback call, or the corresponding entry in |in|.
3132 //
3133 // If the server supports ALPN, but there are no protocols in common, the
3134 // callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| to abort the connection
3135 // with a no_application_protocol alert.
3136 //
3137 // If the server does not support ALPN, it can return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to
3138 // continue the handshake without negotiating a protocol. This may be useful if
3139 // multiple server configurations share an |SSL_CTX|, only some of which have
3140 // ALPN protocols configured.
3141 //
3142 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is ignored and will be treated as
3143 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|.
3144 //
3145 // The callback will only be called if the client supports ALPN. Callers that
3146 // wish to require ALPN for all clients must check |SSL_get0_alpn_selected|
3147 // after the handshake. In QUIC connections, this is done automatically.
3148 //
3149 // The cipher suite is selected before negotiating ALPN. The callback may use
3150 // |SSL_get_pending_cipher| to query the cipher suite. This may be used to
3151 // implement HTTP/2's cipher suite constraints.
3152 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb(
3153     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len,
3154                             const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg),
3155     void *arg);
3156 
3157 // SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|.
3158 // On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name
3159 // (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond
3160 // with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero.
3161 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl,
3162                                            const uint8_t **out_data,
3163                                            unsigned *out_len);
3164 
3165 // SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos configures client connections on |ctx|
3166 // to allow unknown ALPN protocols from the server. Otherwise, by default, the
3167 // client will require that the protocol be advertised in
3168 // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos|.
3169 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3170                                                           int enabled);
3171 
3172 
3173 // Application-layer protocol settings
3174 //
3175 // The ALPS extension (draft-vvv-tls-alps) allows exchanging application-layer
3176 // settings in the TLS handshake for applications negotiated with ALPN. Note
3177 // that, when ALPS is negotiated, the client and server each advertise their own
3178 // settings, so there are functions to both configure setting to send and query
3179 // received settings.
3180 
3181 // SSL_add_application_settings configures |ssl| to enable ALPS with ALPN
3182 // protocol |proto|, sending an ALPS value of |settings|. It returns one on
3183 // success and zero on error. If |proto| is negotiated via ALPN and the peer
3184 // supports ALPS, |settings| will be sent to the peer. The peer's ALPS value can
3185 // be retrieved with |SSL_get0_peer_application_settings|.
3186 //
3187 // On the client, this function should be called before the handshake, once for
3188 // each supported ALPN protocol which uses ALPS. |proto| must be included in the
3189 // client's ALPN configuration (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos| and
3190 // |SSL_set_alpn_protos|). On the server, ALPS can be preconfigured for each
3191 // protocol as in the client, or configuration can be deferred to the ALPN
3192 // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|), in which case only the selected
3193 // protocol needs to be configured.
3194 //
3195 // ALPS can be independently configured from 0-RTT, however changes in protocol
3196 // settings will fallback to 1-RTT to negotiate the new value, so it is
3197 // recommended for |settings| to be relatively stable.
3198 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_application_settings(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *proto,
3199                                                 size_t proto_len,
3200                                                 const uint8_t *settings,
3201                                                 size_t settings_len);
3202 
3203 // SSL_get0_peer_application_settings sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to a
3204 // buffer containing the peer's ALPS value, or the empty string if ALPS was not
3205 // negotiated. Note an empty string could also indicate the peer sent an empty
3206 // settings value. Use |SSL_has_application_settings| to check if ALPS was
3207 // negotiated. The output buffer is owned by |ssl| and is valid until the next
3208 // time |ssl| is modified.
3209 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_peer_application_settings(const SSL *ssl,
3210                                                        const uint8_t **out_data,
3211                                                        size_t *out_len);
3212 
3213 // SSL_has_application_settings returns one if ALPS was negotiated on this
3214 // connection and zero otherwise.
3215 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_application_settings(const SSL *ssl);
3216 
3217 // SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint configures whether to use the new ALPS
3218 // codepoint. By default, the old codepoint is used.
3219 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_new);
3220 
3221 
3222 // Certificate compression.
3223 //
3224 // Certificates in TLS 1.3 can be compressed (RFC 8879). BoringSSL supports this
3225 // as both a client and a server, but does not link against any specific
3226 // compression libraries in order to keep dependencies to a minimum. Instead,
3227 // hooks for compression and decompression can be installed in an |SSL_CTX| to
3228 // enable support.
3229 
3230 // ssl_cert_compression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs
3231 // compression. It must write the compressed representation of |in| to |out|,
3232 // returning one on success and zero on error. The results of compressing
3233 // certificates are not cached internally. Implementations may wish to implement
3234 // their own cache if they expect it to be useful given the certificates that
3235 // they serve.
3236 typedef int (*ssl_cert_compression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CBB *out,
3237                                            const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
3238 
3239 // ssl_cert_decompression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs
3240 // decompression. The compressed data from the peer is passed as |in| and the
3241 // decompressed result must be exactly |uncompressed_len| bytes long. It returns
3242 // one on success, in which case |*out| must be set to the result of
3243 // decompressing |in|, or zero on error. Setting |*out| transfers ownership,
3244 // i.e. |CRYPTO_BUFFER_free| will be called on |*out| at some point in the
3245 // future. The results of decompressions are not cached internally.
3246 // Implementations may wish to implement their own cache if they expect it to be
3247 // useful.
3248 typedef int (*ssl_cert_decompression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER **out,
3249                                              size_t uncompressed_len,
3250                                              const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
3251 
3252 // SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg registers a certificate compression
3253 // algorithm on |ctx| with ID |alg_id|. (The value of |alg_id| should be an IANA
3254 // assigned value and each can only be registered once.)
3255 //
3256 // One of the function pointers may be NULL to avoid having to implement both
3257 // sides of a compression algorithm if you're only going to use it in one
3258 // direction. In this case, the unimplemented direction acts like it was never
3259 // configured.
3260 //
3261 // For a server, algorithms are registered in preference order with the most
3262 // preferable first. It returns one on success or zero on error.
3263 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg(
3264     SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t alg_id, ssl_cert_compression_func_t compress,
3265     ssl_cert_decompression_func_t decompress);
3266 
3267 
3268 // Next protocol negotiation.
3269 //
3270 // The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN
3271 // and deprecated in favor of it.
3272 
3273 // SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a
3274 // TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol Negotiation.
3275 //
3276 // If the callback wishes to advertise NPN to the client, it should return
3277 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and then set |*out| and |*out_len| to describe to a
3278 // buffer containing a (possibly empty) list of supported protocols in wire
3279 // format. That is, each protocol is prefixed with a 1-byte length, then
3280 // concatenated. From there, the client will select a protocol, possibly one not
3281 // on the server's list. The caller can use |SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated|
3282 // after the handshake completes to query the final protocol.
3283 //
3284 // The returned buffer must remain valid and unmodified for at least the
3285 // duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) that triggered the
3286 // callback.
3287 //
3288 // If the caller wishes not to advertise NPN, it should return
3289 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. No NPN extension will be included in the ServerHello,
3290 // and the TLS server will behave as if it does not implement NPN.
3291 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb(
3292     SSL_CTX *ctx,
3293     int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg),
3294     void *arg);
3295 
3296 // SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client
3297 // needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list, passed in wire
3298 // format in |in_len| bytes from |in|. The callback can assume that |in| is
3299 // syntactically valid. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional utility function
3300 // which may be useful in implementing this callback.
3301 //
3302 // On success, the callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and
3303 // |*out_len| to describe a buffer containing the selected protocol, or an
3304 // empty buffer to select no protocol. The returned buffer may point within
3305 // |in|, or it may point to some other buffer that remains valid and unmodified
3306 // for at least the duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|)
3307 // that triggered the callback.
3308 //
3309 // Returning any other value indicates a fatal error and will terminate the TLS
3310 // connection. To proceed without selecting a protocol, the callback must return
3311 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer. (E.g.
3312 // NULL and zero, respectively.)
3313 //
3314 // Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. Although the callback can
3315 // then decline to negotiate a protocol, merely configuring the callback causes
3316 // the client to offer NPN in the ClientHello. Callers thus should not configure
3317 // this callback in TLS client contexts that are not intended to use NPN.
3318 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb(
3319     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len,
3320                             const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg),
3321     void *arg);
3322 
3323 // SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to
3324 // the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't
3325 // request any protocol, then |*out_len| is set to zero.
3326 //
3327 // Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned
3328 // from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols
3329 // provided by the server.
3330 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl,
3331                                                    const uint8_t **out_data,
3332                                                    unsigned *out_len);
3333 
3334 // SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection for either
3335 // ALPN servers or NPN clients. It is expected that this function is called from
3336 // the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb| or
3337 // |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|.
3338 //
3339 // |peer| and |supported| contain the peer and locally-configured protocols,
3340 // respectively. This function finds the first protocol in |peer| which is also
3341 // in |supported|. If one was found, it sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to
3342 // it and returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED|. Otherwise, it returns
3343 // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| and sets |*out| and |*out_len| to the first
3344 // supported protocol.
3345 //
3346 // In ALPN, the server should only select protocols among those that the client
3347 // offered. Thus, if this function returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, the caller
3348 // should ignore |*out| and return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| from
3349 // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback to indicate there was no match.
3350 //
3351 // In NPN, the client may either select one of the server's protocols, or an
3352 // "opportunistic" protocol as described in Section 6 of
3353 // draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03. When this function returns
3354 // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, |*out| implicitly selects the first supported
3355 // protocol for use as the opportunistic protocol. The caller may use it,
3356 // ignore it and select a different opportunistic protocol, or ignore it and
3357 // select no protocol (empty string).
3358 //
3359 // |peer| and |supported| must be vectors of 8-bit, length-prefixed byte
3360 // strings. The length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte string
3361 // of length 0 is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |supported| must be
3362 // non-empty; a caller that supports no ALPN/NPN protocols should skip
3363 // negotiating the extension, rather than calling this function. If any of these
3364 // preconditions do not hold, this function will return |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|
3365 // and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer for robustness, but callers
3366 // are not recommended to rely on this. An empty buffer is not a valid output
3367 // for |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback.
3368 //
3369 // WARNING: |*out| and |*out_len| may alias either |peer| or |supported| and may
3370 // not be used after one of those buffers is modified or released. Additionally,
3371 // this function is not const-correct for compatibility reasons. Although |*out|
3372 // is a non-const pointer, callers may not modify the buffer though |*out|.
3373 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len,
3374                                          const uint8_t *peer, unsigned peer_len,
3375                                          const uint8_t *supported,
3376                                          unsigned supported_len);
3377 
3378 #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0
3379 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1
3380 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2
3381 
3382 
3383 // Channel ID.
3384 //
3385 // See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. This is an old, experimental mechanism
3386 // and should not be used in new code.
3387 
3388 // SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether connections associated
3389 // with |ctx| should enable Channel ID as a server.
3390 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3391                                                        int enabled);
3392 
3393 // SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether |ssl| should enable Channel
3394 // ID as a server.
3395 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
3396 
3397 // SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID
3398 // to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one
3399 // on success and zero on error.
3400 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3401                                                EVP_PKEY *private_key);
3402 
3403 // SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to
3404 // compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on
3405 // success and zero on error.
3406 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key);
3407 
3408 // SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL|
3409 // and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID
3410 // consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a
3411 // 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a
3412 // Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. This function
3413 // always returns zero if |ssl| is a client.
3414 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
3415                                              size_t max_out);
3416 
3417 
3418 // DTLS-SRTP.
3419 //
3420 // See RFC 5764.
3421 
3422 // srtp_protection_profile_st (aka |SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE|) is an SRTP
3423 // profile for use with the use_srtp extension.
3424 struct srtp_protection_profile_st {
3425   const char *name;
3426   unsigned long id;
3427 } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */;
3428 
3429 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE)
3430 
3431 // SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles.
3432 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001
3433 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002
3434 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003
3435 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004
3436 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80      0x0005
3437 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32      0x0006
3438 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM  0x0007
3439 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM  0x0008
3440 
3441 // SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from
3442 // |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns
3443 // one on success and zero on failure.
3444 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3445                                              const char *profiles);
3446 
3447 // SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|.  |profile| contains a
3448 // colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on
3449 // failure.
3450 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles);
3451 
3452 // SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|.
3453 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles(
3454     const SSL *ssl);
3455 
3456 // SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if
3457 // SRTP was not negotiated.
3458 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile(
3459     SSL *ssl);
3460 
3461 
3462 // Pre-shared keys.
3463 //
3464 // Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These
3465 // authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See
3466 // RFC 4279.
3467 //
3468 // This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity
3469 // hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not
3470 // specify the format of an identity.)
3471 
3472 // PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity,
3473 // excluding the NUL terminator.
3474 #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128
3475 
3476 // PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key.
3477 #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256
3478 
3479 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3480 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3481 // suites on the client.
3482 //
3483 // The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was
3484 // provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the
3485 // corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is
3486 // written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator)
3487 // at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|.
3488 // The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was
3489 // found.
3490 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback(
3491     SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity,
3492                                  unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk,
3493                                  unsigned max_psk_len));
3494 
3495 // SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3496 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3497 // suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|.
3498 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback(
3499     SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity,
3500                              unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk,
3501                              unsigned max_psk_len));
3502 
3503 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3504 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3505 // suites on the server.
3506 //
3507 // The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of
3508 // length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written
3509 // or zero if the PSK identity is unknown.
3510 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback(
3511     SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk,
3512                                  unsigned max_psk_len));
3513 
3514 // SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3515 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3516 // suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|.
3517 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback(
3518     SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk,
3519                              unsigned max_psk_len));
3520 
3521 // SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an
3522 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on
3523 // error.
3524 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3525                                                  const char *identity_hint);
3526 
3527 // SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an
3528 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on
3529 // error.
3530 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl,
3531                                              const char *identity_hint);
3532 
3533 // SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl|
3534 // or NULL if there is none.
3535 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl);
3536 
3537 // SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity
3538 // that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used.
3539 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl);
3540 
3541 
3542 // Delegated credentials.
3543 //
3544 // Delegated credentials (RFC 9345) allow a TLS 1.3 endpoint to use its
3545 // certificate to issue new credentials for authentication. Once issued,
3546 // credentials can't be revoked. In order to mitigate the damage in case the
3547 // credential secret key is compromised, the credential is only valid for a
3548 // short time (days, hours, or even minutes).
3549 //
3550 // Currently only the authenticating side, as a server, is implemented. To
3551 // authenticate with delegated credentials, construct an |SSL_CREDENTIAL| with
3552 // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated| and add it to the credential list. See also
3553 // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. Callers may configure a mix of delegated
3554 // credentials and X.509 credentials on the same |SSL| or |SSL_CTX| to support a
3555 // range of clients.
3556 
3557 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated returns a new, empty delegated credential, or
3558 // NULL on error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free|
3559 // when done.
3560 //
3561 // Callers should configure a delegated credential, certificate chain and
3562 // private key on the credential, along with other properties, then add it with
3563 // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|.
3564 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated(void);
3565 
3566 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential sets |cred|'s delegated credentials
3567 // structure to |dc|. It returns one on success and zero on error, including if
3568 // |dc| is malformed. This should be a DelegatedCredential structure, signed by
3569 // the end-entity certificate, as described in RFC 9345.
3570 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential(
3571     SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *dc);
3572 
3573 
3574 // QUIC integration.
3575 //
3576 // QUIC acts as an underlying transport for the TLS 1.3 handshake. The following
3577 // functions allow a QUIC implementation to serve as the underlying transport as
3578 // described in RFC 9001.
3579 //
3580 // When configured for QUIC, |SSL_do_handshake| will drive the handshake as
3581 // before, but it will not use the configured |BIO|. It will call functions on
3582 // |SSL_QUIC_METHOD| to configure secrets and send data. If data is needed from
3583 // the peer, it will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|. As the caller receives data
3584 // it can decrypt, it calls |SSL_provide_quic_data|. Subsequent
3585 // |SSL_do_handshake| calls will then consume that data and progress the
3586 // handshake. After the handshake is complete, the caller should continue to
3587 // call |SSL_provide_quic_data| for any post-handshake data, followed by
3588 // |SSL_process_quic_post_handshake| to process it. It is an error to call
3589 // |SSL_read| and |SSL_write| in QUIC.
3590 //
3591 // 0-RTT behaves similarly to |TLS_method|'s usual behavior. |SSL_do_handshake|
3592 // returns early as soon as the client (respectively, server) is allowed to send
3593 // 0-RTT (respectively, half-RTT) data. The caller should then call
3594 // |SSL_do_handshake| again to consume the remaining handshake messages and
3595 // confirm the handshake. As a client, |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED| and
3596 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| behave as usual.
3597 //
3598 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9001.html#section-4.1 for more details.
3599 //
3600 // To avoid DoS attacks, the QUIC implementation must limit the amount of data
3601 // being queued up. The implementation can call
3602 // |SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len| to get the maximum buffer length at each
3603 // encryption level.
3604 //
3605 // QUIC implementations must additionally configure transport parameters with
3606 // |SSL_set_quic_transport_params|. |SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params| may be
3607 // used to query the value received from the peer. BoringSSL handles this
3608 // extension as an opaque byte string. The caller is responsible for serializing
3609 // and parsing them. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.4 for
3610 // details.
3611 //
3612 // QUIC additionally imposes restrictions on 0-RTT. In particular, the QUIC
3613 // transport layer requires that if a server accepts 0-RTT data, then the
3614 // transport parameters sent on the resumed connection must not lower any limits
3615 // compared to the transport parameters that the server sent on the connection
3616 // where the ticket for 0-RTT was issued. In effect, the server must remember
3617 // the transport parameters with the ticket. Application protocols running on
3618 // QUIC may impose similar restrictions, for example HTTP/3's restrictions on
3619 // SETTINGS frames.
3620 //
3621 // BoringSSL implements this check by doing a byte-for-byte comparison of an
3622 // opaque context passed in by the server. This context must be the same on the
3623 // connection where the ticket was issued and the connection where that ticket
3624 // is used for 0-RTT. If there is a mismatch, or the context was not set,
3625 // BoringSSL will reject early data (but not reject the resumption attempt).
3626 // This context is set via |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| and should cover
3627 // both transport parameters and any application state.
3628 // |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| must be called on the server with a
3629 // non-empty context if the server is to support 0-RTT in QUIC.
3630 //
3631 // BoringSSL does not perform any client-side checks on the transport
3632 // parameters received from a server that also accepted early data. It is up to
3633 // the caller to verify that the received transport parameters do not lower any
3634 // limits, and to close the QUIC connection if that is not the case. The same
3635 // holds for any application protocol state remembered for 0-RTT, e.g. HTTP/3
3636 // SETTINGS.
3637 
3638 // ssl_encryption_level_t represents a specific QUIC encryption level used to
3639 // transmit handshake messages.
3640 enum ssl_encryption_level_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
3641   ssl_encryption_initial = 0,
3642   ssl_encryption_early_data,
3643   ssl_encryption_handshake,
3644   ssl_encryption_application,
3645 };
3646 
3647 // ssl_quic_method_st (aka |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|) describes custom QUIC hooks.
3648 struct ssl_quic_method_st {
3649   // set_read_secret configures the read secret and cipher suite for the given
3650   // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero to terminate the
3651   // handshake with an error. It will be called at most once per encryption
3652   // level.
3653   //
3654   // BoringSSL will not release read keys before QUIC may use them. Once a level
3655   // has been initialized, QUIC may begin processing data from it. Handshake
3656   // data should be passed to |SSL_provide_quic_data| and application data (if
3657   // |level| is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|) may
3658   // be processed according to the rules of the QUIC protocol.
3659   //
3660   // QUIC ACKs packets at the same encryption level they were received at,
3661   // except that client |ssl_encryption_early_data| (0-RTT) packets trigger
3662   // server |ssl_encryption_application| (1-RTT) ACKs. BoringSSL will always
3663   // install ACK-writing keys with |set_write_secret| before the packet-reading
3664   // keys with |set_read_secret|. This ensures the caller can always ACK any
3665   // packet it decrypts. Note this means the server installs 1-RTT write keys
3666   // before 0-RTT read keys.
3667   //
3668   // The converse is not true. An encryption level may be configured with write
3669   // secrets a roundtrip before the corresponding secrets for reading ACKs is
3670   // available.
3671   int (*set_read_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3672                          const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret,
3673                          size_t secret_len);
3674   // set_write_secret behaves like |set_read_secret| but configures the write
3675   // secret and cipher suite for the given encryption level. It will be called
3676   // at most once per encryption level.
3677   //
3678   // BoringSSL will not release write keys before QUIC may use them. If |level|
3679   // is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|, QUIC may
3680   // begin sending application data at |level|. However, note that BoringSSL
3681   // configures server |ssl_encryption_application| write keys before the client
3682   // Finished. This allows QUIC to send half-RTT data, but the handshake is not
3683   // confirmed at this point and, if requesting client certificates, the client
3684   // is not yet authenticated.
3685   //
3686   // See |set_read_secret| for additional invariants between packets and their
3687   // ACKs.
3688   //
3689   // Note that, on 0-RTT reject, the |ssl_encryption_early_data| write secret
3690   // may use a different cipher suite from the other keys.
3691   int (*set_write_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3692                           const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret,
3693                           size_t secret_len);
3694   // add_handshake_data adds handshake data to the current flight at the given
3695   // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3696   //
3697   // BoringSSL will pack data from a single encryption level together, but a
3698   // single handshake flight may include multiple encryption levels. Callers
3699   // should defer writing data to the network until |flush_flight| to better
3700   // pack QUIC packets into transport datagrams.
3701   //
3702   // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be
3703   // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|.
3704   int (*add_handshake_data)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3705                             const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
3706   // flush_flight is called when the current flight is complete and should be
3707   // written to the transport. Note a flight may contain data at several
3708   // encryption levels. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3709   int (*flush_flight)(SSL *ssl);
3710   // send_alert sends a fatal alert at the specified encryption level. It
3711   // returns one on success and zero on error.
3712   //
3713   // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be
3714   // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|.
3715   int (*send_alert)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, uint8_t alert);
3716 };
3717 
3718 // SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len returns returns the maximum number of bytes
3719 // that may be received at the given encryption level. This function should be
3720 // used to limit buffering in the QUIC implementation.
3721 //
3722 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.5
3723 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len(
3724     const SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level);
3725 
3726 // SSL_quic_read_level returns the current read encryption level.
3727 //
3728 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers?
3729 // QUICHE does not use it.
3730 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_read_level(const SSL *ssl);
3731 
3732 // SSL_quic_write_level returns the current write encryption level.
3733 //
3734 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers?
3735 // QUICHE does not use it.
3736 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_write_level(const SSL *ssl);
3737 
3738 // SSL_provide_quic_data provides data from QUIC at a particular encryption
3739 // level |level|. It returns one on success and zero on error. Note this
3740 // function will return zero if the handshake is not expecting data from |level|
3741 // at this time. The QUIC implementation should then close the connection with
3742 // an error.
3743 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_provide_quic_data(SSL *ssl,
3744                                          enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3745                                          const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
3746 
3747 
3748 // SSL_process_quic_post_handshake processes any data that QUIC has provided
3749 // after the handshake has completed. This includes NewSessionTicket messages
3750 // sent by the server. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3751 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_process_quic_post_handshake(SSL *ssl);
3752 
3753 // SSL_CTX_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be
3754 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid
3755 // for the lifetime of |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3756 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_quic_method(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3757                                            const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method);
3758 
3759 // SSL_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be
3760 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid
3761 // for the lifetime of |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3762 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_method(SSL *ssl,
3763                                        const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method);
3764 
3765 // SSL_set_quic_transport_params configures |ssl| to send |params| (of length
3766 // |params_len|) in the quic_transport_parameters extension in either the
3767 // ClientHello or EncryptedExtensions handshake message. It is an error to set
3768 // transport parameters if |ssl| is not configured for QUIC. The buffer pointed
3769 // to by |params| only need be valid for the duration of the call to this
3770 // function. This function returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
3771 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_transport_params(SSL *ssl,
3772                                                  const uint8_t *params,
3773                                                  size_t params_len);
3774 
3775 // SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params provides the caller with the value of the
3776 // quic_transport_parameters extension sent by the peer. A pointer to the buffer
3777 // containing the TransportParameters will be put in |*out_params|, and its
3778 // length in |*params_len|. This buffer will be valid for the lifetime of the
3779 // |SSL|. If no params were received from the peer, |*out_params_len| will be 0.
3780 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params(
3781     const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_params, size_t *out_params_len);
3782 
3783 // SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint configures whether to use the legacy QUIC
3784 // extension codepoint 0xffa5 as opposed to the official value 57. Call with
3785 // |use_legacy| set to 1 to use 0xffa5 and call with 0 to use 57. By default,
3786 // the standard code point is used.
3787 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_legacy);
3788 
3789 // SSL_set_quic_early_data_context configures a context string in QUIC servers
3790 // for accepting early data. If a resumption connection offers early data, the
3791 // server will check if the value matches that of the connection which minted
3792 // the ticket. If not, resumption still succeeds but early data is rejected.
3793 // This should include all QUIC Transport Parameters except ones specified that
3794 // the client MUST NOT remember. This should also include any application
3795 // protocol-specific state. For HTTP/3, this should be the serialized server
3796 // SETTINGS frame and the QUIC Transport Parameters (except the stateless reset
3797 // token).
3798 //
3799 // This function may be called before |SSL_do_handshake| or during server
3800 // certificate selection. It returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
3801 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_early_data_context(SSL *ssl,
3802                                                    const uint8_t *context,
3803                                                    size_t context_len);
3804 
3805 
3806 // Early data.
3807 //
3808 // WARNING: 0-RTT support in BoringSSL is currently experimental and not fully
3809 // implemented. It may cause interoperability or security failures when used.
3810 //
3811 // Early data, or 0-RTT, is a feature in TLS 1.3 which allows clients to send
3812 // data on the first flight during a resumption handshake. This can save a
3813 // round-trip in some application protocols.
3814 //
3815 // WARNING: A 0-RTT handshake has different security properties from normal
3816 // handshake, so it is off by default unless opted in. In particular, early data
3817 // is replayable by a network attacker. Callers must account for this when
3818 // sending or processing data before the handshake is confirmed. See RFC 8446
3819 // for more information.
3820 //
3821 // As a server, if early data is accepted, |SSL_do_handshake| will complete as
3822 // soon as the ClientHello is processed and server flight sent. |SSL_write| may
3823 // be used to send half-RTT data. |SSL_read| will consume early data and
3824 // transition to 1-RTT data as appropriate. Prior to the transition,
3825 // |SSL_in_init| will report the handshake is still in progress. Callers may use
3826 // it or |SSL_in_early_data| to defer or reject requests as needed.
3827 //
3828 // Early data as a client is more complex. If the offered session (see
3829 // |SSL_set_session|) is 0-RTT-capable, the handshake will return after sending
3830 // the ClientHello. The predicted peer certificates and ALPN protocol will be
3831 // available via the usual APIs. |SSL_write| will write early data, up to the
3832 // session's limit. Writes past this limit and |SSL_read| will complete the
3833 // handshake before continuing. Callers may also call |SSL_do_handshake| again
3834 // to complete the handshake sooner.
3835 //
3836 // If the server accepts early data, the handshake will succeed. |SSL_read| and
3837 // |SSL_write| will then act as in a 1-RTT handshake. The peer certificates and
3838 // ALPN protocol will be as predicted and need not be re-queried.
3839 //
3840 // If the server rejects early data, |SSL_do_handshake| (and thus |SSL_read| and
3841 // |SSL_write|) will then fail with |SSL_get_error| returning
3842 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. The caller should treat this as a connection
3843 // error and most likely perform a high-level retry. Note the server may still
3844 // have processed the early data due to attacker replays.
3845 //
3846 // To then continue the handshake on the original connection, use
3847 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject|. The connection will then behave as one which
3848 // had not yet completed the handshake. This allows a faster retry than making a
3849 // fresh connection. |SSL_do_handshake| will complete the full handshake,
3850 // possibly resulting in different peer certificates, ALPN protocol, and other
3851 // properties. The caller must disregard any values from before the reset and
3852 // query again.
3853 //
3854 // Finally, to implement the fallback described in RFC 8446 appendix D.3, retry
3855 // on a fresh connection without 0-RTT if the handshake fails with
3856 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA|.
3857 
3858 // SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used
3859 // with resumptions using |ctx|.
3860 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
3861 
3862 // SSL_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used
3863 // with resumptions using |ssl|. See |SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled| for more
3864 // information.
3865 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_early_data_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
3866 
3867 // SSL_in_early_data returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that has
3868 // progressed enough to send or receive early data. Clients may call |SSL_write|
3869 // to send early data, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before
3870 // accepting application data. Servers may call |SSL_read| to read early data
3871 // and |SSL_write| to send half-RTT data.
3872 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_early_data(const SSL *ssl);
3873 
3874 // SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable returns whether early data would have been
3875 // attempted with |session| if enabled.
3876 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable(const SSL_SESSION *session);
3877 
3878 // SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data returns a copy of |session| with early
3879 // data disabled. If |session| already does not support early data, it returns
3880 // |session| with the reference count increased. The caller takes ownership of
3881 // the result and must release it with |SSL_SESSION_free|.
3882 //
3883 // This function may be used on the client to clear early data support from
3884 // existing sessions when the server rejects early data. In particular,
3885 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA| requires a fresh connection to retry, and
3886 // the client would not want 0-RTT enabled for the next connection attempt.
3887 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data(
3888     SSL_SESSION *session);
3889 
3890 // SSL_early_data_accepted returns whether early data was accepted on the
3891 // handshake performed by |ssl|.
3892 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_data_accepted(const SSL *ssl);
3893 
3894 // SSL_reset_early_data_reject resets |ssl| after an early data reject. All
3895 // 0-RTT state is discarded, including any pending |SSL_write| calls. The caller
3896 // should treat |ssl| as a logically fresh connection, usually by driving the
3897 // handshake to completion using |SSL_do_handshake|.
3898 //
3899 // It is an error to call this function on an |SSL| object that is not signaling
3900 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|.
3901 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_reset_early_data_reject(SSL *ssl);
3902 
3903 // SSL_get_ticket_age_skew returns the difference, in seconds, between the
3904 // client-sent ticket age and the server-computed value in TLS 1.3 server
3905 // connections which resumed a session.
3906 OPENSSL_EXPORT int32_t SSL_get_ticket_age_skew(const SSL *ssl);
3907 
3908 // An ssl_early_data_reason_t describes why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected.
3909 // These values are persisted to logs. Entries should not be renumbered and
3910 // numeric values should never be reused.
3911 enum ssl_early_data_reason_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
3912   // The handshake has not progressed far enough for the 0-RTT status to be
3913   // known.
3914   ssl_early_data_unknown = 0,
3915   // 0-RTT is disabled for this connection.
3916   ssl_early_data_disabled = 1,
3917   // 0-RTT was accepted.
3918   ssl_early_data_accepted = 2,
3919   // The negotiated protocol version does not support 0-RTT.
3920   ssl_early_data_protocol_version = 3,
3921   // The peer declined to offer or accept 0-RTT for an unknown reason.
3922   ssl_early_data_peer_declined = 4,
3923   // The client did not offer a session.
3924   ssl_early_data_no_session_offered = 5,
3925   // The server declined to resume the session.
3926   ssl_early_data_session_not_resumed = 6,
3927   // The session does not support 0-RTT.
3928   ssl_early_data_unsupported_for_session = 7,
3929   // The server sent a HelloRetryRequest.
3930   ssl_early_data_hello_retry_request = 8,
3931   // The negotiated ALPN protocol did not match the session.
3932   ssl_early_data_alpn_mismatch = 9,
3933   // The connection negotiated Channel ID, which is incompatible with 0-RTT.
3934   ssl_early_data_channel_id = 10,
3935   // Value 11 is reserved. (It has historically |ssl_early_data_token_binding|.)
3936   // The client and server ticket age were too far apart.
3937   ssl_early_data_ticket_age_skew = 12,
3938   // QUIC parameters differ between this connection and the original.
3939   ssl_early_data_quic_parameter_mismatch = 13,
3940   // The application settings did not match the session.
3941   ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch = 14,
3942   // The value of the largest entry.
3943   ssl_early_data_reason_max_value = ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch,
3944 };
3945 
3946 // SSL_get_early_data_reason returns details why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected
3947 // on |ssl|. This is primarily useful on the server.
3948 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_early_data_reason_t SSL_get_early_data_reason(
3949     const SSL *ssl);
3950 
3951 // SSL_early_data_reason_string returns a string representation for |reason|, or
3952 // NULL if |reason| is unknown. This function may be used for logging.
3953 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_early_data_reason_string(
3954     enum ssl_early_data_reason_t reason);
3955 
3956 
3957 // Encrypted ClientHello.
3958 //
3959 // ECH is a mechanism for encrypting the entire ClientHello message in TLS 1.3.
3960 // This can prevent observers from seeing cleartext information about the
3961 // connection, such as the server_name extension.
3962 //
3963 // By default, BoringSSL will treat the server name, session ticket, and client
3964 // certificate as secret, but most other parameters, such as the ALPN protocol
3965 // list will be treated as public and sent in the cleartext ClientHello. Other
3966 // APIs may be added for applications with different secrecy requirements.
3967 //
3968 // ECH support in BoringSSL is still experimental and under development.
3969 //
3970 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-esni-13.
3971 
3972 // SSL_set_enable_ech_grease configures whether the client will send a GREASE
3973 // ECH extension when no supported ECHConfig is available.
3974 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enable_ech_grease(SSL *ssl, int enable);
3975 
3976 // SSL_set1_ech_config_list configures |ssl| to, as a client, offer ECH with the
3977 // specified configuration. |ech_config_list| should contain a serialized
3978 // ECHConfigList structure. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3979 //
3980 // This function returns an error if the input is malformed. If the input is
3981 // valid but none of the ECHConfigs implement supported parameters, it will
3982 // return success and proceed without ECH.
3983 //
3984 // If a supported ECHConfig is found, |ssl| will encrypt the true ClientHello
3985 // parameters. If the server cannot decrypt it, e.g. due to a key mismatch, ECH
3986 // has a recovery flow. |ssl| will handshake using the cleartext parameters,
3987 // including a public name in the ECHConfig. If using
3988 // |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|, callers should use |SSL_get0_ech_name_override|
3989 // to verify the certificate with the public name. If using the built-in
3990 // verifier, the |X509_STORE_CTX| will be configured automatically.
3991 //
3992 // If no other errors are found in this handshake, it will fail with
3993 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|. Since it didn't use the true parameters, the connection
3994 // cannot be used for application data. Instead, callers should handle this
3995 // error by calling |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs| and retrying the connection
3996 // with updated ECH parameters. If the retry also fails with
3997 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|, the caller should report a connection failure.
3998 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_ech_config_list(SSL *ssl,
3999                                             const uint8_t *ech_config_list,
4000                                             size_t ech_config_list_len);
4001 
4002 // SSL_get0_ech_name_override, if |ssl| is a client and the server rejected ECH,
4003 // sets |*out_name| and |*out_name_len| to point to a buffer containing the ECH
4004 // public name. Otherwise, the buffer will be empty.
4005 //
4006 // When offering ECH as a client, this function should be called during the
4007 // certificate verification callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|). If
4008 // |*out_name_len| is non-zero, the caller should verify the certificate against
4009 // the result, interpreted as a DNS name, rather than the true server name. In
4010 // this case, the handshake will never succeed and is only used to authenticate
4011 // retry configs. See also |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs|.
4012 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_name_override(const SSL *ssl,
4013                                                const char **out_name,
4014                                                size_t *out_name_len);
4015 
4016 // SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs sets |*out_retry_configs| and
4017 // |*out_retry_configs_len| to a buffer containing a serialized ECHConfigList.
4018 // If the server did not provide an ECHConfigList, |*out_retry_configs_len| will
4019 // be zero.
4020 //
4021 // When handling an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| error code as a client, callers should
4022 // use this function to recover from potential key mismatches. If the result is
4023 // non-empty, the caller should retry the connection, passing this buffer to
4024 // |SSL_set1_ech_config_list|. If the result is empty, the server has rolled
4025 // back ECH support, and the caller should retry without ECH.
4026 //
4027 // This function must only be called in response to an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|
4028 // error code. Calling this function on |ssl|s that have not authenticated the
4029 // rejection handshake will assert in debug builds and otherwise return an
4030 // unparsable list.
4031 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs(
4032     const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_retry_configs,
4033     size_t *out_retry_configs_len);
4034 
4035 // SSL_marshal_ech_config constructs a new serialized ECHConfig. On success, it
4036 // sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer containing the result and |*out_len|
4037 // to the size of the buffer. The caller must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to
4038 // release the memory. On failure, it returns zero.
4039 //
4040 // The |config_id| field is a single byte identifier for the ECHConfig. Reusing
4041 // config IDs is allowed, but if multiple ECHConfigs with the same config ID are
4042 // active at a time, server load may increase. See
4043 // |SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id|.
4044 //
4045 // The public key and KEM algorithm are taken from |key|. |public_name| is the
4046 // DNS name used to authenticate the recovery flow. |max_name_len| should be the
4047 // length of the longest name in the ECHConfig's anonymity set and influences
4048 // client padding decisions.
4049 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_marshal_ech_config(uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len,
4050                                           uint8_t config_id,
4051                                           const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key,
4052                                           const char *public_name,
4053                                           size_t max_name_len);
4054 
4055 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_ECH_KEYS| or NULL on error.
4056 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_ECH_KEYS *SSL_ECH_KEYS_new(void);
4057 
4058 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref increments the reference count of |keys|.
4059 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
4060 
4061 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_free releases memory associated with |keys|.
4062 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_free(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
4063 
4064 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_add decodes |ech_config| as an ECHConfig and appends it with
4065 // |key| to |keys|. If |is_retry_config| is non-zero, this config will be
4066 // returned to the client on configuration mismatch. It returns one on success
4067 // and zero on error.
4068 //
4069 // This function should be called successively to register each ECHConfig in
4070 // decreasing order of preference. This configuration must be completed before
4071 // setting |keys| on an |SSL_CTX| with |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. After that
4072 // point, |keys| is immutable; no more ECHConfig values may be added.
4073 //
4074 // See also |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|.
4075 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_add(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, int is_retry_config,
4076                                     const uint8_t *ech_config,
4077                                     size_t ech_config_len,
4078                                     const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key);
4079 
4080 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id returns one if |keys| has duplicate
4081 // config IDs or zero otherwise. Duplicate config IDs still work, but may
4082 // increase server load due to trial decryption.
4083 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id(
4084     const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
4085 
4086 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs serializes the retry configs in |keys| as
4087 // an ECHConfigList. On success, it sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer
4088 // containing the result and |*out_len| to the size of the buffer. The caller
4089 // must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to release the memory. On failure, it
4090 // returns zero.
4091 //
4092 // This output may be advertised to clients in DNS.
4093 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs(const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys,
4094                                                       uint8_t **out,
4095                                                       size_t *out_len);
4096 
4097 // SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys configures |ctx| to use |keys| to decrypt encrypted
4098 // ClientHellos. It returns one on success, and zero on failure. If |keys| does
4099 // not contain any retry configs, this function will fail. Retry configs are
4100 // marked as such when they are added to |keys| with |SSL_ECH_KEYS_add|.
4101 //
4102 // Once |keys| has been passed to this function, it is immutable. Unlike most
4103 // |SSL_CTX| configuration functions, this function may be called even if |ctx|
4104 // already has associated connections on multiple threads. This may be used to
4105 // rotate keys in a long-lived server process.
4106 //
4107 // The configured ECHConfig values should also be advertised out-of-band via DNS
4108 // (see draft-ietf-dnsop-svcb-https). Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS,
4109 // deployments should ensure all instances of the service are configured with
4110 // the ECHConfig and corresponding private key.
4111 //
4112 // Only the most recent fully-deployed ECHConfigs should be advertised in DNS.
4113 // |keys| may contain a newer set if those ECHConfigs are mid-deployment. It
4114 // should also contain older sets, until the DNS change has rolled out and the
4115 // old records have expired from caches.
4116 //
4117 // If there is a mismatch, |SSL| objects associated with |ctx| will complete the
4118 // handshake using the cleartext ClientHello and send updated ECHConfig values
4119 // to the client. The client will then retry to recover, but with a latency
4120 // penalty. This recovery flow depends on the public name in the ECHConfig.
4121 // Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, deployments must ensure all instances
4122 // of the service can present a valid certificate for the public name.
4123 //
4124 // BoringSSL negotiates ECH before certificate selection callbacks are called,
4125 // including |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. If ECH is negotiated, the
4126 // reported |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure and |SSL_get_servername| function will
4127 // transparently reflect the inner ClientHello. Callers should select parameters
4128 // based on these values to correctly handle ECH as well as the recovery flow.
4129 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
4130 
4131 // SSL_ech_accepted returns one if |ssl| negotiated ECH and zero otherwise.
4132 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ech_accepted(const SSL *ssl);
4133 
4134 
4135 // Alerts.
4136 //
4137 // TLS uses alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type (warning or
4138 // fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts with
4139 // dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for close_notify,
4140 // warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced with
4141 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
4142 
4143 // SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*|
4144 // values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this
4145 // value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract
4146 // |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them.
4147 //
4148 // make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors.
4149 // This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h
4150 #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000
4151 
4152 // SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions.
4153 #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY
4154 #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE
4155 #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC
4156 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED
4157 #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW
4158 #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE
4159 #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE
4160 #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE  // Legacy SSL 3.0 value
4161 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE
4162 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE
4163 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED
4164 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED
4165 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN
4166 #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER
4167 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA
4168 #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED
4169 #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR
4170 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR
4171 #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION
4172 #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION
4173 #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY
4174 #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR
4175 #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK
4176 #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED
4177 #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION
4178 #define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION
4179 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION
4180 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE
4181 #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME
4182 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \
4183   TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE
4184 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE
4185 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY
4186 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED
4187 #define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL
4188 #define SSL_AD_ECH_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_ECH_REQUIRED
4189 
4190 // SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an
4191 // alert type (warning or fatal).
4192 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value);
4193 
4194 // SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an
4195 // alert description or "unknown" if unknown.
4196 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value);
4197 
4198 // SSL_send_fatal_alert sends a fatal alert over |ssl| of the specified type,
4199 // which should be one of the |SSL_AD_*| constants. It returns one on success
4200 // and <= 0 on error. The caller should pass the return value into
4201 // |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. Once this function has been
4202 // called, future calls to |SSL_write| will fail.
4203 //
4204 // If retrying a failed operation due to |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE|, subsequent
4205 // calls must use the same |alert| parameter.
4206 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_send_fatal_alert(SSL *ssl, uint8_t alert);
4207 
4208 
4209 // ex_data functions.
4210 //
4211 // See |ex_data.h| for details.
4212 
4213 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data);
4214 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx);
4215 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4216                                         CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4217                                         CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4218                                         CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4219 
4220 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx,
4221                                            void *data);
4222 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session,
4223                                              int idx);
4224 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4225                                                 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4226                                                 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4227                                                 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4228 
4229 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data);
4230 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx);
4231 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4232                                             CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4233                                             CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4234                                             CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4235 
4236 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_ex_data(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, int idx,
4237                                               void *data);
4238 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data(const SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred,
4239                                                 int idx);
4240 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4241                                                    CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4242                                                    CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4243                                                    CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4244 
4245 
4246 // Low-level record-layer state.
4247 
4248 // SSL_get_ivs sets |*out_iv_len| to the length of the IVs for the ciphers
4249 // underlying |ssl| and sets |*out_read_iv| and |*out_write_iv| to point to the
4250 // current IVs for the read and write directions. This is only meaningful for
4251 // connections with implicit IVs (i.e. CBC mode with TLS 1.0).
4252 //
4253 // It returns one on success or zero on error.
4254 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ivs(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_read_iv,
4255                                const uint8_t **out_write_iv,
4256                                size_t *out_iv_len);
4257 
4258 // SSL_get_key_block_len returns the length of |ssl|'s key block, for TLS 1.2
4259 // and below. It is an error to call this function during a handshake, or if
4260 // |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3.
4261 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_key_block_len(const SSL *ssl);
4262 
4263 // SSL_generate_key_block generates |out_len| bytes of key material for |ssl|'s
4264 // current connection state, for TLS 1.2 and below. It is an error to call this
4265 // function during a handshake, or if |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3.
4266 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_generate_key_block(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
4267                                           size_t out_len);
4268 
4269 // SSL_get_read_sequence returns, in TLS, the expected sequence number of the
4270 // next incoming record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it returns the maximum
4271 // sequence number received in the current epoch and includes the epoch number
4272 // in the two most significant bytes.
4273 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_read_sequence(const SSL *ssl);
4274 
4275 // SSL_get_write_sequence returns the sequence number of the next outgoing
4276 // record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it includes the epoch number in the
4277 // two most significant bytes.
4278 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_write_sequence(const SSL *ssl);
4279 
4280 // SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version returns whether |version| is zero.
4281 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4282                                                        int version);
4283 
4284 
4285 // Handshake hints.
4286 //
4287 // WARNING: Contact the BoringSSL team before using this API. While this
4288 // mechanism was designed to gracefully recover from version skew and
4289 // configuration mismatch, splitting a single TLS server into multiple services
4290 // is complex.
4291 //
4292 // Some server deployments make asynchronous RPC calls in both ClientHello
4293 // dispatch and private key operations. In TLS handshakes where the private key
4294 // operation occurs in the first round-trip, this results in two consecutive RPC
4295 // round-trips. Handshake hints allow the RPC service to predict a signature.
4296 // If correctly predicted, this can skip the second RPC call.
4297 //
4298 // First, the server installs a certificate selection callback (see
4299 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|). When that is called, it performs the
4300 // RPC as before, but includes the ClientHello and a capabilities string from
4301 // |SSL_serialize_capabilities|.
4302 //
4303 // Next, the RPC service creates its own |SSL| object, applies the results of
4304 // certificate selection, calls |SSL_request_handshake_hints|, and runs the
4305 // handshake. If this successfully computes handshake hints (see
4306 // |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints|), the RPC server should send the hints
4307 // alongside any certificate selection results.
4308 //
4309 // Finally, the server calls |SSL_set_handshake_hints| and applies any
4310 // configuration from the RPC server. It then completes the handshake as before.
4311 // If the hints apply, BoringSSL will use the predicted signature and skip the
4312 // private key callbacks. Otherwise, BoringSSL will call private key callbacks
4313 // to generate a signature as before.
4314 //
4315 // Callers should synchronize configuration across the two services.
4316 // Configuration mismatches and some cases of version skew are not fatal, but
4317 // may result in the hints not applying. Additionally, some handshake flows use
4318 // the private key in later round-trips, such as TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest. In
4319 // those cases, BoringSSL will not predict a signature as there is no benefit.
4320 // Callers must allow for handshakes to complete without a predicted signature.
4321 
4322 // SSL_serialize_capabilities writes an opaque byte string to |out| describing
4323 // some of |ssl|'s capabilities. It returns one on success and zero on error.
4324 //
4325 // This string is used by BoringSSL internally to reduce the impact of version
4326 // skew.
4327 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_capabilities(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out);
4328 
4329 // SSL_request_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to generate a handshake hint for
4330 // |client_hello|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |client_hello|
4331 // should contain a serialized ClientHello structure, from the |client_hello|
4332 // and |client_hello_len| fields of the |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure.
4333 // |capabilities| should contain the output of |SSL_serialize_capabilities|.
4334 //
4335 // When configured, |ssl| will perform no I/O (so there is no need to configure
4336 // |BIO|s). For QUIC, the caller should still configure an |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|,
4337 // but the callbacks themselves will never be called and may be left NULL or
4338 // report failure. |SSL_provide_quic_data| also should not be called.
4339 //
4340 // If hint generation is successful, |SSL_do_handshake| will stop the handshake
4341 // early with |SSL_get_error| returning |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. At
4342 // this point, the caller should run |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to extract
4343 // the resulting hints.
4344 //
4345 // Hint generation may fail if, e.g., |ssl| was unable to process the
4346 // ClientHello. Callers should then complete the certificate selection RPC and
4347 // continue the original handshake with no hint. It will likely fail, but this
4348 // reports the correct alert to the client and is more robust in case of
4349 // mismatch.
4350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_request_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl,
4351                                                const uint8_t *client_hello,
4352                                                size_t client_hello_len,
4353                                                const uint8_t *capabilities,
4354                                                size_t capabilities_len);
4355 
4356 // SSL_serialize_handshake_hints writes an opaque byte string to |out|
4357 // containing the handshake hints computed by |out|. It returns one on success
4358 // and zero on error. This function should only be called if
4359 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints| was configured and the handshake terminated
4360 // with |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|.
4361 //
4362 // This string may be passed to |SSL_set_handshake_hints| on another |SSL| to
4363 // avoid an extra signature call.
4364 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_handshake_hints(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out);
4365 
4366 // SSL_set_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to use |hints| as handshake hints.
4367 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The handshake will then continue
4368 // as before, but apply predicted values from |hints| where applicable.
4369 //
4370 // Hints may contain connection and session secrets, so they must not leak and
4371 // must come from a source trusted to terminate the connection. However, they
4372 // will not change |ssl|'s configuration. The caller is responsible for
4373 // serializing and applying options from the RPC server as needed. This ensures
4374 // |ssl|'s behavior is self-consistent and consistent with the caller's local
4375 // decisions.
4376 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *hints,
4377                                            size_t hints_len);
4378 
4379 
4380 // Obscure functions.
4381 
4382 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|.
4383 // This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record
4384 // headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts.
4385 // |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages.
4386 //
4387 // For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type|
4388 // = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that
4389 // this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length
4390 // in the header is the length of the ciphertext.
4391 //
4392 // For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the
4393 // protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The
4394 // |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte
4395 // ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively.
4396 //
4397 // In connections that enable ECH, |cb| is additionally called with
4398 // |content_type| = |SSL3_RT_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER| for each ClientHelloInner that
4399 // is encrypted or decrypted. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the
4400 // ClientHelloInner, including the reconstructed outer extensions and handshake
4401 // header.
4402 //
4403 // For a V2ClientHello, |version| is |SSL2_VERSION|, |content_type| is zero, and
4404 // the |len| bytes from |buf| contain the V2ClientHello structure.
4405 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback(
4406     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int is_write, int version, int content_type,
4407                              const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg));
4408 
4409 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message
4410 // callback.
4411 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
4412 
4413 // SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See
4414 // |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called.
4415 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback(
4416     SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type,
4417                          const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg));
4418 
4419 // SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback.
4420 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg);
4421 
4422 // SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This
4423 // is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The |cb| function
4424 // should log |line| followed by a newline, synchronizing with any concurrent
4425 // access to the log.
4426 //
4427 // The format is described in
4428 // https://www.ietf.org/archive/id/draft-ietf-tls-keylogfile-01.html
4429 //
4430 // WARNING: The data in |line| allows an attacker to break security properties
4431 // of the TLS protocol, including confidentiality, integrity, and forward
4432 // secrecy. This impacts both the current connection, and, in TLS 1.2, future
4433 // connections that resume a session from it. Both direct access to the data and
4434 // side channel leaks from application code are possible attack vectors. This
4435 // callback is intended for debugging and should not be used in production
4436 // connections.
4437 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4438                                                 void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl,
4439                                                            const char *line));
4440 
4441 // SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by
4442 // |SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback|.
4443 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))(
4444     const SSL *ssl, const char *line);
4445 
4446 // SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb configures a callback to retrieve the current
4447 // time, which should be set in |*out_clock|. This can be used for testing
4448 // purposes; for example, a callback can be configured that returns a time
4449 // set explicitly by the test. The |ssl| pointer passed to |cb| is always null.
4450 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb(
4451     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock));
4452 
4453 // SSL_set_shed_handshake_config allows some of the configuration of |ssl| to be
4454 // freed after its handshake completes.  Once configuration has been shed, APIs
4455 // that query it may fail.  "Configuration" in this context means anything that
4456 // was set by the caller, as distinct from information derived from the
4457 // handshake.  For example, |SSL_get_ciphers| queries how the |SSL| was
4458 // configured by the caller, and fails after configuration has been shed,
4459 // whereas |SSL_get_cipher| queries the result of the handshake, and is
4460 // unaffected by configuration shedding.
4461 //
4462 // If configuration shedding is enabled, it is an error to call |SSL_clear|.
4463 //
4464 // Note that configuration shedding as a client additionally depends on
4465 // renegotiation being disabled (see |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode|). If
4466 // renegotiation is possible, the configuration will be retained. If
4467 // configuration shedding is enabled and renegotiation later disabled after the
4468 // handshake, |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| will shed configuration then. This may
4469 // be useful for clients which support renegotiation with some ALPN protocols,
4470 // such as HTTP/1.1, and not others, such as HTTP/2.
4471 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shed_handshake_config(SSL *ssl, int enable);
4472 
4473 enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
4474   ssl_renegotiate_never = 0,
4475   ssl_renegotiate_once,
4476   ssl_renegotiate_freely,
4477   ssl_renegotiate_ignore,
4478   ssl_renegotiate_explicit,
4479 };
4480 
4481 // SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to
4482 // renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated
4483 // renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing.
4484 //
4485 // WARNING: Renegotiation is error-prone, complicates TLS's security properties,
4486 // and increases its attack surface. When enabled, many common assumptions about
4487 // BoringSSL's behavior no longer hold, and the calling application must handle
4488 // more cases. Renegotiation is also incompatible with many application
4489 // protocols, e.g. section 9.2.1 of RFC 7540. Many functions behave in ambiguous
4490 // or undefined ways during a renegotiation.
4491 //
4492 // The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set
4493 // at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to
4494 // allow one renegotiation, |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all
4495 // renegotiations or |ssl_renegotiate_ignore| to ignore HelloRequest messages.
4496 // Note that ignoring HelloRequest messages may cause the connection to stall
4497 // if the server waits for the renegotiation to complete.
4498 //
4499 // If set to |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|, |SSL_read| and |SSL_peek| calls which
4500 // encounter a HelloRequest will pause with |SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE|.
4501 // |SSL_write| will continue to work while paused. The caller may call
4502 // |SSL_renegotiate| to begin the renegotiation at a later point. This mode may
4503 // be used if callers wish to eagerly call |SSL_peek| without triggering a
4504 // renegotiation.
4505 //
4506 // If configuration shedding is enabled (see |SSL_set_shed_handshake_config|),
4507 // configuration is released if, at any point after the handshake, renegotiation
4508 // is disabled. It is not possible to switch from disabling renegotiation to
4509 // enabling it on a given connection. Callers that condition renegotiation on,
4510 // e.g., ALPN must enable renegotiation before the handshake and conditionally
4511 // disable it afterwards.
4512 //
4513 // When enabled, renegotiation can cause properties of |ssl|, such as the cipher
4514 // suite, to change during the lifetime of the connection. More over, during a
4515 // renegotiation, not all properties of the new handshake are available or fully
4516 // established. In BoringSSL, most functions, such as |SSL_get_current_cipher|,
4517 // report information from the most recently completed handshake, not the
4518 // pending one. However, renegotiation may rerun handshake callbacks, such as
4519 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. Such callbacks must ensure they are acting on the
4520 // desired versions of each property.
4521 //
4522 // BoringSSL does not reverify peer certificates on renegotiation and instead
4523 // requires they match between handshakes, so certificate verification callbacks
4524 // (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|) may assume |ssl| is in the initial
4525 // handshake and use |SSL_get0_peer_certificates|, etc.
4526 //
4527 // There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client
4528 // or server.
4529 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl,
4530                                              enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode);
4531 
4532 // SSL_renegotiate starts a deferred renegotiation on |ssl| if it was configured
4533 // with |ssl_renegotiate_explicit| and has a pending HelloRequest. It returns
4534 // one on success and zero on error.
4535 //
4536 // This function does not do perform any I/O. On success, a subsequent
4537 // |SSL_do_handshake| call will run the handshake. |SSL_write| and
4538 // |SSL_read| will also complete the handshake before sending or receiving
4539 // application data.
4540 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl);
4541 
4542 // SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a
4543 // renegotiation.
4544 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl);
4545 
4546 // SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes
4547 // performed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any.
4548 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl);
4549 
4550 // SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4551 // certificate chain.
4552 #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT (1024 * 100)
4553 
4554 // SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4555 // certificate chain accepted by |ctx|.
4556 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4557 
4558 // SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4559 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be
4560 // consumed during the handshake.
4561 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4562                                               size_t max_cert_list);
4563 
4564 // SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4565 // certificate chain accepted by |ssl|.
4566 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl);
4567 
4568 // SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4569 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be
4570 // consumed during the handshake.
4571 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list);
4572 
4573 // SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records
4574 // sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data
4575 // will be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on
4576 // error.
4577 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4578                                                  size_t max_send_fragment);
4579 
4580 // SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records sent
4581 // by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data will
4582 // be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on
4583 // error.
4584 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl,
4585                                              size_t max_send_fragment);
4586 
4587 // ssl_early_callback_ctx (aka |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO|) is passed to certain
4588 // callbacks that are called very early on during the server handshake. At this
4589 // point, much of the SSL* hasn't been filled out and only the ClientHello can
4590 // be depended on.
4591 struct ssl_early_callback_ctx {
4592   SSL *ssl;
4593   const uint8_t *client_hello;
4594   size_t client_hello_len;
4595   uint16_t version;
4596   const uint8_t *random;
4597   size_t random_len;
4598   const uint8_t *session_id;
4599   size_t session_id_len;
4600   const uint8_t *cipher_suites;
4601   size_t cipher_suites_len;
4602   const uint8_t *compression_methods;
4603   size_t compression_methods_len;
4604   const uint8_t *extensions;
4605   size_t extensions_len;
4606 } /* SSL_CLIENT_HELLO */;
4607 
4608 // ssl_select_cert_result_t enumerates the possible results from selecting a
4609 // certificate with |select_certificate_cb|.
4610 enum ssl_select_cert_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
4611   // ssl_select_cert_success indicates that the certificate selection was
4612   // successful.
4613   ssl_select_cert_success = 1,
4614   // ssl_select_cert_retry indicates that the operation could not be
4615   // immediately completed and must be reattempted at a later point.
4616   ssl_select_cert_retry = 0,
4617   // ssl_select_cert_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the
4618   // handshake should be terminated.
4619   ssl_select_cert_error = -1,
4620   // ssl_select_cert_disable_ech indicates that, although an encrypted
4621   // ClientHelloInner was decrypted, it should be discarded. The certificate
4622   // selection callback will then be called again, passing in the
4623   // ClientHelloOuter instead. From there, the handshake will proceed
4624   // without retry_configs, to signal to the client to disable ECH.
4625   //
4626   // This value may only be returned when |SSL_ech_accepted| returnes one. It
4627   // may be useful if the ClientHelloInner indicated a service which does not
4628   // support ECH, e.g. if it is a TLS-1.2 only service.
4629   ssl_select_cert_disable_ech = -2,
4630 };
4631 
4632 // SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in
4633 // |client_hello| for an extension of the given type. If not found, it returns
4634 // zero. Otherwise it sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not
4635 // including the type and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the
4636 // extension contents and returns one.
4637 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get(
4638     const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *client_hello, uint16_t extension_type,
4639     const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len);
4640 
4641 // SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most
4642 // ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session
4643 // is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the
4644 // connection. See |ssl_select_cert_result_t| for details of the return values.
4645 //
4646 // In the case that a retry is indicated, |SSL_get_error| will return
4647 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE| and the caller should arrange for the
4648 // high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried at a later time, which will
4649 // result in another call to |cb|.
4650 //
4651 // |SSL_get_servername| may be used during this callback.
4652 //
4653 // Note: The |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| is only valid for the duration of the callback
4654 // and is not valid while the handshake is paused.
4655 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb(
4656     SSL_CTX *ctx,
4657     enum ssl_select_cert_result_t (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *));
4658 
4659 // SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the
4660 // resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to
4661 // allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort.
4662 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb(
4663     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *));
4664 
4665 // SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume configures whether the certificate
4666 // verification callback will be used to reverify stored certificates
4667 // when resuming a session. This only works with |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|.
4668 // For now, this is incompatible with |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| mode, and is only
4669 // respected on clients.
4670 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
4671 
4672 // SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage configures whether, when |ssl| is a client
4673 // negotiating TLS 1.2 or below, the keyUsage extension of RSA leaf server
4674 // certificates will be checked for consistency with the TLS usage. In all other
4675 // cases, this check is always enabled.
4676 //
4677 // This parameter may be set late; it will not be read until after the
4678 // certificate verification callback.
4679 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
4680 
4681 // SSL_was_key_usage_invalid returns one if |ssl|'s handshake succeeded despite
4682 // using TLS parameters which were incompatible with the leaf certificate's
4683 // keyUsage extension. Otherwise, it returns zero.
4684 //
4685 // If |SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage| is enabled or not applicable, this
4686 // function will always return zero because key usages will be consistently
4687 // checked.
4688 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_was_key_usage_invalid(const SSL *ssl);
4689 
4690 // SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state|, the bitmasks that make them up,
4691 // and some historical values for compatibility. Only |SSL_ST_INIT| and
4692 // |SSL_ST_OK| are ever returned.
4693 #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000
4694 #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000
4695 #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF
4696 #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
4697 #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03
4698 #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT)
4699 #define SSL_ST_BEFORE (0x05 | SSL_ST_INIT)
4700 
4701 // TLS_ST_* are aliases for |SSL_ST_*| for OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility.
4702 #define TLS_ST_OK SSL_ST_OK
4703 #define TLS_ST_BEFORE SSL_ST_BEFORE
4704 
4705 // SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info
4706 // callback and the bitmasks that make them up.
4707 #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01
4708 #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02
4709 #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04
4710 #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08
4711 #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000
4712 #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ)
4713 #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE)
4714 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP)
4715 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT)
4716 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP)
4717 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT)
4718 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10
4719 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20
4720 
4721 // SSL_CTX_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various
4722 // events occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argument determines
4723 // the type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must
4724 // ignore unexpected |type| values.
4725 //
4726 // |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal.
4727 // The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either
4728 // |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits
4729 // and the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight.
4730 //
4731 // |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument
4732 // is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|.
4733 //
4734 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value|
4735 // argument is always one.
4736 //
4737 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully.
4738 // The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event
4739 // may be used to determine when the Finished message is received.
4740 //
4741 // The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake
4742 // state machine. Consuming them is deprecated.
4743 //
4744 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when
4745 // a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument
4746 // is always one.
4747 //
4748 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when
4749 // a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused.
4750 // The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0
4751 // otherwise.
4752 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(
4753     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value));
4754 
4755 // SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by
4756 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
4757 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl,
4758                                                                int type,
4759                                                                int value);
4760 
4761 // SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events
4762 // during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
4763 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback(
4764     SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value));
4765 
4766 // SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|.
4767 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl,
4768                                                              int type,
4769                                                              int value);
4770 
4771 // SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state
4772 // machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging.
4773 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl);
4774 
4775 #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1
4776 #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2
4777 
4778 // SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and
4779 // |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received,
4780 // respectively.
4781 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl);
4782 
4783 // SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm returns the signature algorithm used by the
4784 // peer. If not applicable, it returns zero.
4785 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm(const SSL *ssl);
4786 
4787 // SSL_get_client_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent
4788 // handshake's client_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written.
4789 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the client_random.
4790 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
4791                                             size_t max_out);
4792 
4793 // SSL_get_server_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent
4794 // handshake's server_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written.
4795 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the server_random.
4796 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
4797                                             size_t max_out);
4798 
4799 // SSL_get_pending_cipher returns the cipher suite for the current handshake or
4800 // NULL if one has not been negotiated yet or there is no pending handshake.
4801 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *ssl);
4802 
4803 // SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether only
4804 // the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in the
4805 // session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If
4806 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake
4807 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and
4808 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash.
4809 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL *ssl,
4810                                                                int enable);
4811 
4812 // SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether
4813 // only the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in
4814 // the session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If
4815 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake
4816 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and
4817 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash.
4818 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4819                                                                    int enable);
4820 
4821 // SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled configures whether sockets on |ctx| should enable
4822 // GREASE. See RFC 8701.
4823 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
4824 
4825 // SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ctx| should
4826 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello.
4827 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
4828 
4829 // SSL_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ssl| should
4830 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello.
4831 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_permute_extensions(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
4832 
4833 // SSL_max_seal_overhead returns the maximum overhead, in bytes, of sealing a
4834 // record with |ssl|.
4835 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_max_seal_overhead(const SSL *ssl);
4836 
4837 // SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn configures whether connections
4838 // on |ctx| may use False Start (if |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START| is enabled)
4839 // without negotiating ALPN.
4840 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4841                                                                  int allowed);
4842 
4843 // SSL_used_hello_retry_request returns one if the TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest
4844 // message has been either sent by the server or received by the client. It
4845 // returns zero otherwise.
4846 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_used_hello_retry_request(const SSL *ssl);
4847 
4848 // SSL_set_jdk11_workaround configures whether to workaround various bugs in
4849 // JDK 11's TLS 1.3 implementation by disabling TLS 1.3 for such clients.
4850 //
4851 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8211806
4852 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8212885
4853 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8213202
4854 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_jdk11_workaround(SSL *ssl, int enable);
4855 
4856 // SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type configures whether the client, in
4857 // TLS 1.2 and below, will check its certificate against the server's requested
4858 // certificate types.
4859 //
4860 // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within
4861 // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in
4862 // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024.
4863 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type(SSL *ssl, int enable);
4864 
4865 // SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve configures whether the server, in TLS 1.2 and
4866 // below, will check its certificate against the client's supported ECDSA
4867 // curves.
4868 //
4869 // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within
4870 // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in
4871 // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024.
4872 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve(SSL *ssl, int enable);
4873 
4874 
4875 // Deprecated functions.
4876 
4877 // SSL_library_init returns one.
4878 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void);
4879 
4880 // SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and
4881 // returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be
4882 // freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error.
4883 //
4884 // The description includes a trailing newline and has the form:
4885 // AES128-SHA              Kx=RSA      Au=RSA  Enc=AES(128)  Mac=SHA1
4886 //
4887 // Consider |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| instead.
4888 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher,
4889                                                   char *buf, int len);
4890 
4891 // SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3".
4892 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
4893 
4894 typedef void COMP_METHOD;
4895 typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP;
4896 
4897 // SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL.
4898 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void);
4899 
4900 // SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one.
4901 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm);
4902 
4903 // SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL.
4904 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp);
4905 
4906 // SSL_COMP_get0_name returns the |name| member of |comp|.
4907 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp);
4908 
4909 // SSL_COMP_get_id returns the |id| member of |comp|.
4910 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp);
4911 
4912 // SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods does nothing.
4913 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods(void);
4914 
4915 // SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|.
4916 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void);
4917 
4918 // These version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and
4919 // |DTLS_method| except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and
4920 // |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| to lock connections to that protocol
4921 // version.
4922 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void);
4923 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void);
4924 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void);
4925 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void);
4926 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void);
4927 
4928 // These client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic
4929 // methods.
4930 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void);
4931 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void);
4932 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void);
4933 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void);
4934 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void);
4935 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void);
4936 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void);
4937 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void);
4938 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void);
4939 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void);
4940 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void);
4941 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void);
4942 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void);
4943 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void);
4944 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void);
4945 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void);
4946 
4947 // SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success
4948 // or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory
4949 // associated with the current connection.
4950 //
4951 // Free |ssl| and create a new one instead.
4952 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl);
4953 
4954 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing.
4955 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(
4956     SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength));
4957 
4958 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing.
4959 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl,
4960                                              RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export,
4961                                                         int keylength));
4962 
4963 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero.
4964 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4965 
4966 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero.
4967 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4968 
4969 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero.
4970 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4971 
4972 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero.
4973 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4974 
4975 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero.
4976 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4977 
4978 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero.
4979 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4980 
4981 // SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero.
4982 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4983 
4984 // SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero.
4985 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4986 
4987 // SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero.
4988 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4989 
4990 // SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero.
4991 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4992 
4993 // SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero.
4994 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4995 
4996 // SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|.
4997 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *ssl);
4998 
4999 // SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|.
5000 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl);
5001 
5002 // SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero.
5003 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
5004 
5005 // SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero.
5006 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl);
5007 
5008 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one.
5009 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa);
5010 
5011 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one.
5012 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa);
5013 
5014 // SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero.
5015 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
5016 
5017 // SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead returns one.
5018 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes);
5019 
5020 // SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero.
5021 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *ssl);
5022 
5023 // SSL_set_read_ahead returns one.
5024 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *ssl, int yes);
5025 
5026 // SSL_set_state does nothing.
5027 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state);
5028 
5029 // SSL_get_shared_ciphers writes an empty string to |buf| and returns a
5030 // pointer to |buf|, or NULL if |len| is less than or equal to zero.
5031 OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *ssl, char *buf, int len);
5032 
5033 // SSL_get_shared_sigalgs returns zero.
5034 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, int idx, int *psign,
5035                                           int *phash, int *psignandhash,
5036                                           uint8_t *rsig, uint8_t *rhash);
5037 
5038 // SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START.
5039 #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START
5040 
5041 // i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in|, as described in |i2d_SAMPLE|.
5042 //
5043 // Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead.
5044 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp);
5045 
5046 // d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed
5047 // to by |*pp|, as described in |d2i_SAMPLE|.
5048 //
5049 // Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead.
5050 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp,
5051                                             long length);
5052 
5053 // i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It
5054 // returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error.
5055 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session);
5056 
5057 // d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a
5058 // newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also
5059 // frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|.
5060 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out);
5061 
5062 // ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing.
5063 OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void);
5064 
5065 // SSL_load_error_strings does nothing.
5066 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void);
5067 
5068 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns
5069 // zero on success and one on failure.
5070 //
5071 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
5072 // convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead.
5073 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx,
5074                                                const char *profiles);
5075 
5076 // SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on
5077 // success and one on failure.
5078 //
5079 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
5080 // convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead.
5081 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles);
5082 
5083 // SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL.
5084 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *ssl);
5085 
5086 // SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL.
5087 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *ssl);
5088 
5089 // SSL_get_server_tmp_key returns zero.
5090 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_server_tmp_key(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_key);
5091 
5092 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh returns 1.
5093 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh);
5094 
5095 // SSL_set_tmp_dh returns 1.
5096 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh);
5097 
5098 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing.
5099 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(
5100     SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength));
5101 
5102 // SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing.
5103 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl,
5104                                             DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export,
5105                                                       int keylength));
5106 
5107 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs
5108 // where the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an
5109 // |EVP_PKEY_*| value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for
5110 // |ctx| based on them and returns one on success or zero on error.
5111 //
5112 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
5113 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
5114 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
5115 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *values,
5116                                         size_t num_values);
5117 
5118 // SSL_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs where
5119 // the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |EVP_PKEY_*|
5120 // value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |ssl| based on
5121 // them and returns one on success or zero on error.
5122 //
5123 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
5124 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
5125 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
5126 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, const int *values,
5127                                     size_t num_values);
5128 
5129 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature
5130 // algorithms and configures them on |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero
5131 // on error. See
5132 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for
5133 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g.
5134 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL
5135 // doesn't document that).
5136 //
5137 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
5138 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
5139 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
5140 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str);
5141 
5142 // SSL_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature
5143 // algorithms and configures them on |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero
5144 // on error. See
5145 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for
5146 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g.
5147 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL
5148 // doesn't document that).
5149 //
5150 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
5151 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
5152 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
5153 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str);
5154 
5155 #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(arg)))
5156 #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0))
5157 #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \
5158   (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(a)))
5159 #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0))
5160 #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0))
5161 #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \
5162   (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)(arg)))
5163 
5164 #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init()
5165 #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init()
5166 
5167 #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl))
5168 #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \
5169     SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits)
5170 #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \
5171     SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl))
5172 #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \
5173     SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl))
5174 #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session)
5175 #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time))
5176 #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session)
5177 #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \
5178     SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout))
5179 
5180 struct ssl_comp_st {
5181   int id;
5182   const char *name;
5183   char *method;
5184 };
5185 
5186 DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP)
5187 
5188 // The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to
5189 // compile code with BoringSSL.
5190 #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0
5191 #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0
5192 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0
5193 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0
5194 #define SSL_OP_ALL 0
5195 #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0
5196 #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0
5197 #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0
5198 #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0
5199 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0
5200 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0
5201 #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0
5202 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0
5203 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0
5204 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0
5205 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0
5206 #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0
5207 #define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0  // ssl_renegotiate_never is the default
5208 #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0
5209 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0
5210 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0
5211 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0
5212 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0
5213 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0
5214 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0
5215 #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0
5216 #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0
5217 #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0
5218 #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0
5219 #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0
5220 #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0
5221 
5222 // SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_reused|.
5223 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl);
5224 
5225 // SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|.
5226 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl);
5227 
5228 // SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|.
5229 // For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1".
5230 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl);
5231 
5232 // SSL_get_all_version_names outputs a list of possible strings
5233 // |SSL_get_version| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at most
5234 // |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
5235 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
5236 // to zero to size the output.
5237 //
5238 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
5239 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
5240 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
5241 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
5242 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
5243 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
5244 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_version_names(const char **out,
5245                                                 size_t max_out);
5246 
5247 // SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of
5248 // |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| instead.
5249 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n);
5250 
5251 // SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if
5252 // the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success,
5253 // the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf
5254 // certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should
5255 // return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If
5256 // the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return
5257 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|.
5258 //
5259 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and
5260 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request.
5261 //
5262 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with
5263 // this function is confusing. This callback may not be registered concurrently
5264 // with |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or |SSL_set_cert_cb|.
5265 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(
5266     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey));
5267 
5268 #define SSL_NOTHING SSL_ERROR_NONE
5269 #define SSL_WRITING SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE
5270 #define SSL_READING SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ
5271 
5272 // SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent
5273 // operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead.
5274 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl);
5275 
5276 #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING)
5277 #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING)
5278 
5279  // SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by
5280  // |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has
5281  // been sent yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns zero.
5282  //
5283  // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead.
5284 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count);
5285 
5286  // SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message
5287  // received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length
5288  // or zero if none has been received yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns
5289  // zero.
5290  //
5291  // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead.
5292 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf,
5293                                             size_t count);
5294 
5295 // SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long|
5296 // instead.
5297 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value);
5298 
5299 // SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long|
5300 // instead.
5301 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value);
5302 
5303 // SSL_state_string returns "!!!!!!". Use |SSL_state_string_long| for a more
5304 // intelligible string.
5305 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl);
5306 
5307 // SSL_TXT_* expand to strings.
5308 #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM"
5309 #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH"
5310 #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS"
5311 #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA"
5312 #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE"
5313 #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH"
5314 #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE"
5315 #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH"
5316 #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK"
5317 #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA"
5318 #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA"
5319 #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK"
5320 #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH"
5321 #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE"
5322 #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH"
5323 #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA"
5324 #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH"
5325 #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE"
5326 #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH"
5327 #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA"
5328 #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK"
5329 #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES"
5330 #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4"
5331 #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128"
5332 #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256"
5333 #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES"
5334 #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM"
5335 #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20"
5336 #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5"
5337 #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1"
5338 #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA"
5339 #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256"
5340 #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384"
5341 #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3"
5342 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1"
5343 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1"
5344 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2"
5345 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_3 "TLSv1.3"
5346 #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL"
5347 #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT"
5348 
5349 typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX;
5350 
5351 // SSL_state returns |SSL_ST_INIT| if a handshake is in progress and |SSL_ST_OK|
5352 // otherwise.
5353 //
5354 // Use |SSL_is_init| instead.
5355 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl);
5356 
5357 #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl)
5358 
5359 // SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see
5360 // |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or
5361 // receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to
5362 // believe the events already happened.
5363 //
5364 // It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been
5365 // set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be
5366 // ignored.
5367 //
5368 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead.
5369 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode);
5370 
5371 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups| with a one-element list
5372 // containing |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored.
5373 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key);
5374 
5375 // SSL_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_set1_groups| with a one-element list containing
5376 // |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored.
5377 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key);
5378 
5379 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_FILESYSTEM)
5380 // SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls
5381 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success
5382 // or zero on error. This function is only available from the libdecrepit
5383 // library.
5384 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out,
5385                                                       const char *dir);
5386 #endif
5387 
5388 // SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|.
5389 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx);
5390 
5391 // SSL_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|.
5392 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl);
5393 
5394 // BIO_f_ssl returns a |BIO_METHOD| that can wrap an |SSL*| in a |BIO*|. Note
5395 // that this has quite different behaviour from the version in OpenSSL (notably
5396 // that it doesn't try to auto renegotiate).
5397 //
5398 // IMPORTANT: if you are not curl, don't use this.
5399 OPENSSL_EXPORT const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void);
5400 
5401 // BIO_set_ssl sets |ssl| as the underlying connection for |bio|, which must
5402 // have been created using |BIO_f_ssl|. If |take_owership| is true, |bio| will
5403 // call |SSL_free| on |ssl| when closed. It returns one on success or something
5404 // other than one on error.
5405 OPENSSL_EXPORT long BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int take_owership);
5406 
5407 // SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto returns one.
5408 #define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(ctx, onoff) 1
5409 
5410 // SSL_set_ecdh_auto returns one.
5411 #define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(ssl, onoff) 1
5412 
5413 // SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. For
5414 // historical reasons, which session it returns depends on |ssl|'s state.
5415 //
5416 // Prior to the start of the initial handshake, it returns the session the
5417 // caller set with |SSL_set_session|. After the initial handshake has finished
5418 // and if no additional handshakes are in progress, it returns the currently
5419 // active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is in progress.
5420 //
5421 // If trying to add new sessions to an external session cache, use
5422 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| instead. In particular, using the callback is
5423 // required as of TLS 1.3. For compatibility, this function will return an
5424 // unresumable session which may be cached, but will never be resumed.
5425 //
5426 // If querying properties of the connection, use APIs on the |SSL| object.
5427 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl);
5428 
5429 // SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|.
5430 #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session
5431 
5432 // SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to
5433 // the session.
5434 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl);
5435 
5436 #define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0
5437 #define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0
5438 #define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT 0
5439 
5440 // OPENSSL_init_ssl returns one.
5441 OPENSSL_EXPORT int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts,
5442                                     const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings);
5443 
5444 // The following constants are legacy aliases for RSA-PSS with rsaEncryption
5445 // keys. Use the new names instead.
5446 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA256 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256
5447 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA384 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384
5448 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA512 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512
5449 
5450 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_type configures a client to request OCSP stapling if
5451 // |type| is |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| and disables it otherwise. It returns one
5452 // on success and zero if handshake configuration has already been shed.
5453 //
5454 // Use |SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling| instead.
5455 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(SSL *ssl, int type);
5456 
5457 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_type returns |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| if the client
5458 // requested OCSP stapling and |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing| otherwise. On the
5459 // client, this reflects whether OCSP stapling was enabled via, e.g.,
5460 // |SSL_set_tlsext_status_type|. On the server, this is determined during the
5461 // handshake. It may be queried in callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. The
5462 // result is undefined after the handshake completes.
5463 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(const SSL *ssl);
5464 
5465 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets the OCSP response. It returns one on
5466 // success and zero on error. On success, |ssl| takes ownership of |resp|, which
5467 // must have been allocated by |OPENSSL_malloc|.
5468 //
5469 // Use |SSL_set_ocsp_response| instead.
5470 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *resp,
5471                                                    size_t resp_len);
5472 
5473 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets |*out| to point to the OCSP response
5474 // from the server. It returns the length of the response. If there was no
5475 // response, it sets |*out| to NULL and returns zero.
5476 //
5477 // Use |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| instead.
5478 //
5479 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
5480 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(const SSL *ssl,
5481                                                       const uint8_t **out);
5482 
5483 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb configures the legacy OpenSSL OCSP callback and
5484 // returns one. Though the type signature is the same, this callback has
5485 // different behavior for client and server connections:
5486 //
5487 // For clients, the callback is called after certificate verification. It should
5488 // return one for success, zero for a bad OCSP response, and a negative number
5489 // for internal error. Instead, handle this as part of certificate verification.
5490 // (Historically, OpenSSL verified certificates just before parsing stapled OCSP
5491 // responses, but BoringSSL fixes this ordering. All server credentials are
5492 // available during verification.)
5493 //
5494 // Do not use this callback as a server. It is provided for compatibility
5495 // purposes only. For servers, it is called to configure server credentials. It
5496 // should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success, |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to
5497 // ignore OCSP requests, or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| on error. It is usually
5498 // used to fetch OCSP responses on demand, which is not ideal. Instead, treat
5499 // OCSP responses like other server credentials, such as certificates or SCT
5500 // lists. Configure, store, and refresh them eagerly. This avoids downtime if
5501 // the CA's OCSP responder is briefly offline.
5502 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
5503                                                 int (*callback)(SSL *ssl,
5504                                                                 void *arg));
5505 
5506 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg sets additional data for
5507 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb|'s callback and returns one.
5508 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
5509 
5510 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for reason codes used when
5511 // receiving an alert from the peer. Use the other names instead, which fit the
5512 // naming convention.
5513 //
5514 // TODO(davidben): Fix references to |SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED| and
5515 // remove the compatibility value. The others come from OpenSSL.
5516 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION \
5517   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION
5518 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE \
5519   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE
5520 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME
5521 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \
5522   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE
5523 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE \
5524   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE
5525 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED
5526 
5527 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for |SSL_GROUP_*|.
5528 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP224R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1
5529 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP256R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1
5530 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP384R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1
5531 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP521R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1
5532 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519 SSL_GROUP_X25519
5533 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00
5534 
5535 // SSL_get_curve_id calls |SSL_get_group_id|.
5536 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_curve_id(const SSL *ssl);
5537 
5538 // SSL_get_curve_name calls |SSL_get_group_name|.
5539 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id);
5540 
5541 // SSL_get_all_curve_names calls |SSL_get_all_group_names|.
5542 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_curve_names(const char **out, size_t max_out);
5543 
5544 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups|.
5545 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves,
5546                                        size_t num_curves);
5547 
5548 // SSL_set1_curves calls |SSL_set1_groups|.
5549 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves,
5550                                    size_t num_curves);
5551 
5552 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list|.
5553 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *curves);
5554 
5555 // SSL_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_set1_groups_list|.
5556 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves_list(SSL *ssl, const char *curves);
5557 
5558 // TLSEXT_nid_unknown is a constant used in OpenSSL for
5559 // |SSL_get_negotiated_group| to return an unrecognized group. BoringSSL never
5560 // returns this value, but we define this constant for compatibility.
5561 #define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000
5562 
5563 // SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if |ctx| has both a certificate and
5564 // private key, and zero otherwise.
5565 //
5566 // This function does not check consistency because the library checks when the
5567 // certificate and key are individually configured. However, if the private key
5568 // is configured before the certificate, inconsistent private keys are silently
5569 // dropped. Some callers are inadvertently relying on this function to detect
5570 // when this happens.
5571 //
5572 // Instead, callers should configure the certificate first, then the private
5573 // key, checking for errors in each. This function is then unnecessary.
5574 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
5575 
5576 // SSL_check_private_key returns one if |ssl| has both a certificate and private
5577 // key, and zero otherwise.
5578 //
5579 // See discussion in |SSL_CTX_check_private_key|.
5580 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl);
5581 
5582 
5583 // Compliance policy configurations
5584 //
5585 // A TLS connection has a large number of different parameters. Some are well
5586 // known, like cipher suites, but many are obscure and configuration functions
5587 // for them may not exist. These policy controls allow broad configuration
5588 // goals to be specified so that they can flow down to all the different
5589 // parameters of a TLS connection.
5590 
5591 enum ssl_compliance_policy_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
5592   // ssl_compliance_policy_none does nothing. However, since setting this
5593   // doesn't undo other policies it's an error to try and set it.
5594   ssl_compliance_policy_none,
5595 
5596   // ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205 configures a TLS connection to use:
5597   //   * TLS 1.2 or 1.3
5598   //   * For TLS 1.2, only ECDHE_[RSA|ECDSA]_WITH_AES_*_GCM_SHA*.
5599   //   * For TLS 1.3, only AES-GCM
5600   //   * P-256 or P-384 for key agreement.
5601   //   * For server signatures, only PKCS#1/PSS with SHA256/384/512, or ECDSA
5602   //     with P-256 or P-384.
5603   //
5604   // Note: this policy can be configured even if BoringSSL has not been built in
5605   // FIPS mode. Call |FIPS_mode| to check that.
5606   //
5607   // Note: this setting aids with compliance with NIST requirements but does not
5608   // guarantee it. Careful reading of SP 800-52r2 is recommended.
5609   ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205,
5610 
5611   // ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304 configures a TLS connection to use:
5612   //   * TLS 1.2 or 1.3.
5613   //   * For TLS 1.2, only TLS_ECDHE_[ECDSA|RSA]_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384.
5614   //   * For TLS 1.3, only AES-256-GCM.
5615   //   * P-384 for key agreement.
5616   //   * For handshake signatures, only ECDSA with P-384 and SHA-384, or RSA
5617   //     with SHA-384 or SHA-512.
5618   //
5619   // No limitations on the certificate chain nor leaf public key are imposed,
5620   // other than by the supported signature algorithms. But WPA3's "192-bit"
5621   // mode requires at least P-384 or 3072-bit along the chain. The caller must
5622   // enforce this themselves on the verified chain using functions such as
5623   // `X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain`.
5624   //
5625   // Note that this setting is less secure than the default. The
5626   // implementation risks of using a more obscure primitive like P-384
5627   // dominate other considerations.
5628   ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304,
5629 };
5630 
5631 // SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy configures various aspects of |ctx| based on
5632 // the given policy requirements. Subsequently calling other functions that
5633 // configure |ctx| may override |policy|, or may not. This should be the final
5634 // configuration function called in order to have defined behaviour. It's a
5635 // fatal error if |policy| is |ssl_compliance_policy_none|.
5636 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy(
5637     SSL_CTX *ctx, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy);
5638 
5639 // SSL_set_compliance_policy acts the same as |SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy|,
5640 // but only configures a single |SSL*|.
5641 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_compliance_policy(
5642     SSL *ssl, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy);
5643 
5644 
5645 // Nodejs compatibility section (hidden).
5646 //
5647 // These defines exist for node.js, with the hope that we can eliminate the
5648 // need for them over time.
5649 
5650 #define SSLerr(function, reason) \
5651   ERR_put_error(ERR_LIB_SSL, 0, reason, __FILE__, __LINE__)
5652 
5653 
5654 // Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden).
5655 //
5656 // Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and
5657 // constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this
5658 // section defines a number of legacy macros.
5659 //
5660 // Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is
5661 // still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and
5662 // |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead.
5663 //
5664 // See PORTING.md in the BoringSSL source tree for a table of corresponding
5665 // functions.
5666 // https://boringssl.googlesource.com/boringssl/+/master/PORTING.md#Replacements-for-values
5667 
5668 #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist
5669 #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist
5670 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist
5671 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist
5672 #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist
5673 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist
5674 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist
5675 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist
5676 #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist
5677 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist
5678 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist
5679 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist
5680 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist
5681 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist
5682 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NEGOTIATED_GROUP doesnt_exist
5683 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist
5684 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist
5685 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist
5686 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY doesnt_exist
5687 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist
5688 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist
5689 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist
5690 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist
5691 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist
5692 #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist
5693 #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist
5694 #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist
5695 #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist
5696 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist
5697 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST doesnt_exist
5698 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS doesnt_exist
5699 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST doesnt_exist
5700 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_ECDH_AUTO doesnt_exist
5701 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist
5702 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist
5703 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist
5704 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist
5705 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist
5706 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist
5707 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist
5708 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist
5709 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist
5710 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist
5711 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist
5712 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist
5713 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist
5714 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist
5715 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist
5716 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist
5717 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist
5718 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist
5719 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist
5720 
5721 // |BORINGSSL_PREFIX| already makes each of these symbols into macros, so there
5722 // is no need to define conflicting macros.
5723 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX)
5724 
5725 #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout
5726 #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout
5727 #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert
5728 #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert
5729 #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert
5730 #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs
5731 #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs
5732 #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode
5733 #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options
5734 #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs
5735 #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs
5736 #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list
5737 #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode
5738 #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options
5739 #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead
5740 #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode
5741 #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys
5742 #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA
5743 #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size
5744 #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number
5745 #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size
5746 #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain
5747 #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain
5748 #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves
5749 #define SSL_CTX_set1_groups SSL_CTX_set1_groups
5750 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list
5751 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment
5752 #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode
5753 #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg
5754 #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options
5755 #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead
5756 #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode
5757 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg
5758 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \
5759     SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback
5760 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb
5761 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys
5762 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh
5763 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh
5764 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa
5765 #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert
5766 #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert
5767 #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs
5768 #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode
5769 #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options
5770 #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types
5771 #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs
5772 #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list
5773 #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode
5774 #define SSL_get_negotiated_group SSL_get_negotiated_group
5775 #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options
5776 #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \
5777     SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support
5778 #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA
5779 #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations
5780 #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused
5781 #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain
5782 #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain
5783 #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves
5784 #define SSL_set1_groups SSL_set1_groups
5785 #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list
5786 #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment
5787 #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode
5788 #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg
5789 #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu
5790 #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options
5791 #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name
5792 #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh
5793 #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh
5794 #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa
5795 #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations
5796 
5797 #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX)
5798 
5799 
5800 #if defined(__cplusplus)
5801 }  // extern C
5802 
5803 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX)
5804 
5805 extern "C++" {
5806 
5807 BSSL_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
5808 
5809 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL, SSL_free)
5810 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_free)
5811 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref)
5812 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_free)
5813 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_up_ref)
5814 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_free)
5815 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref)
5816 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_free)
5817 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_up_ref)
5818 
5819 
5820 // *** DEPRECATED EXPERIMENT — DO NOT USE ***
5821 //
5822 // Split handshakes.
5823 //
5824 // WARNING: This mechanism is deprecated and should not be used. It is very
5825 // fragile and difficult to use correctly. The relationship between
5826 // configuration options across the two halves is ill-defined and not
5827 // self-consistent. Additionally, version skew across the two halves risks
5828 // unusual behavior and connection failure. New development should use the
5829 // handshake hints API. Existing deployments should migrate to handshake hints
5830 // to reduce the risk of service outages.
5831 //
5832 // Split handshakes allows the handshake part of a TLS connection to be
5833 // performed in a different process (or on a different machine) than the data
5834 // exchange. This only applies to servers.
5835 //
5836 // In the first part of a split handshake, an |SSL| (where the |SSL_CTX| has
5837 // been configured with |SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode|) is used normally. Once the
5838 // ClientHello message has been received, the handshake will stop and
5839 // |SSL_get_error| will indicate |SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF|. At this point (and only
5840 // at this point), |SSL_serialize_handoff| can be called to write the “handoff”
5841 // state of the connection.
5842 //
5843 // Elsewhere, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |SSL_apply_handoff| to continue
5844 // the connection. The connection from the client is fed into this |SSL|, and
5845 // the handshake resumed. When the handshake stops again and |SSL_get_error|
5846 // indicates |SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK|, |SSL_serialize_handback| should be called to
5847 // serialize the state of the handshake again.
5848 //
5849 // Back at the first location, a fresh |SSL| can be used with
5850 // |SSL_apply_handback|. Then the client's connection can be processed mostly
5851 // as normal.
5852 //
5853 // Lastly, when a connection is in the handoff state, whether or not
5854 // |SSL_serialize_handoff| is called, |SSL_decline_handoff| will move it back
5855 // into a normal state where the connection can proceed without impact.
5856 //
5857 // WARNING: Currently only works with TLS 1.0–1.2.
5858 // WARNING: The serialisation formats are not yet stable: version skew may be
5859 //     fatal.
5860 // WARNING: The handback data contains sensitive key material and must be
5861 //     protected.
5862 // WARNING: Some calls on the final |SSL| will not work. Just as an example,
5863 //     calls like |SSL_get0_session_id_context| and |SSL_get_privatekey| won't
5864 //     work because the certificate used for handshaking isn't available.
5865 // WARNING: |SSL_apply_handoff| may trigger “msg” callback calls.
5866 
5867 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, bool on);
5868 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_handoff_mode(SSL *SSL, bool on);
5869 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handoff(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out,
5870                                           SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *out_hello);
5871 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_decline_handoff(SSL *ssl);
5872 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handoff(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handoff);
5873 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handback(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out);
5874 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handback(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handback);
5875 
5876 // SSL_get_traffic_secrets sets |*out_read_traffic_secret| and
5877 // |*out_write_traffic_secret| to reference the TLS 1.3 traffic secrets for
5878 // |ssl|. This function is only valid on TLS 1.3 connections that have
5879 // completed the handshake. It returns true on success and false on error.
5880 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_get_traffic_secrets(
5881     const SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> *out_read_traffic_secret,
5882     Span<const uint8_t> *out_write_traffic_secret);
5883 
5884 // SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing sets |override_value| to
5885 // override checking for aes hardware support for testing. If |override_value|
5886 // is set to true, the library will behave as if aes hardware support is
5887 // present. If it is set to false, the library will behave as if aes hardware
5888 // support is not present.
5889 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(
5890     SSL_CTX *ctx, bool override_value);
5891 
5892 // SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing acts the same as
5893 // |SSL_CTX_set_aes_override_for_testing| but only configures a single |SSL*|.
5894 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(SSL *ssl,
5895                                                         bool override_value);
5896 
5897 BSSL_NAMESPACE_END
5898 
5899 }  // extern C++
5900 
5901 #endif  // !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX)
5902 
5903 #endif
5904 
5905 #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100
5906 #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101
5907 #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102
5908 #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103
5909 #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104
5910 #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105
5911 #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106
5912 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107
5913 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108
5914 #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 109
5915 #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 110
5916 #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 111
5917 #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 112
5918 #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 113
5919 #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 114
5920 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 115
5921 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 116
5922 #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 117
5923 #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 118
5924 #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 119
5925 #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 120
5926 #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 121
5927 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 122
5928 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 123
5929 #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 124
5930 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 125
5931 #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 126
5932 #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 127
5933 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 128
5934 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 129
5935 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 130
5936 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 131
5937 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 132
5938 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 133
5939 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 134
5940 #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 135
5941 #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 136
5942 #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 137
5943 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 138
5944 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 139
5945 #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 140
5946 #define SSL_R_DH_P_TOO_LONG 141
5947 #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 142
5948 #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 143
5949 #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 144
5950 #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 145
5951 #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146
5952 #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 147
5953 #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 148
5954 #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 149
5955 #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 150
5956 #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 151
5957 #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 152
5958 #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 153
5959 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 154
5960 #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155
5961 #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156
5962 #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 157
5963 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 158
5964 #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 159
5965 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 160
5966 #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 161
5967 #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 162
5968 #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 164
5969 #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 165
5970 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 166
5971 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 167
5972 #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 168
5973 #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 169
5974 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 170
5975 #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 171
5976 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 172
5977 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 173
5978 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 174
5979 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 175
5980 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 176
5981 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 177
5982 #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 178
5983 #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 179
5984 #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 181
5985 #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 182
5986 #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 183
5987 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 184
5988 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 185
5989 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 186
5990 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 187
5991 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 188
5992 #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 189
5993 #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 190
5994 #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 191
5995 #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 192
5996 #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 193
5997 #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 194
5998 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 195
5999 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 196
6000 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 197
6001 #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 198
6002 #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 199
6003 #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 200
6004 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 201
6005 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 202
6006 #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 203
6007 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 204
6008 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 205
6009 #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 206
6010 #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 207
6011 #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 208
6012 #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 209
6013 #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 210
6014 #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 211
6015 #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 212
6016 #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 213
6017 #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 214
6018 #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 215
6019 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 216
6020 #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 217
6021 #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 218
6022 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 219
6023 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 220
6024 #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 221
6025 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 222
6026 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 223
6027 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 224
6028 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 225
6029 #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 226
6030 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 227
6031 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 228
6032 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 229
6033 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 230
6034 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 231
6035 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 232
6036 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 233
6037 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 234
6038 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 235
6039 #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 236
6040 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 237
6041 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 238
6042 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 239
6043 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 240
6044 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 241
6045 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 242
6046 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 243
6047 #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 244
6048 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 245
6049 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 246
6050 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 247
6051 #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 248
6052 #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 249
6053 #define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 250
6054 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_RECORD_TYPE 251
6055 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FOR_CUSTOM_KEY 252
6056 #define SSL_R_NO_COMMON_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 253
6057 #define SSL_R_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED 254
6058 #define SSL_R_EXCESS_HANDSHAKE_DATA 255
6059 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_LIST 256
6060 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION 257
6061 #define SSL_R_MISSING_KEY_SHARE 258
6062 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL 259
6063 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 260
6064 #define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 261
6065 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 262
6066 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_EMS_MISMATCH 263
6067 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_KEY_SHARE 264
6068 #define SSL_R_NO_GROUPS_SPECIFIED 265
6069 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUP 266
6070 #define SSL_R_PRE_SHARED_KEY_MUST_BE_LAST 267
6071 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_PRF_HASH_MISMATCH 268
6072 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SCT_LIST 269
6073 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_SKIPPED_EARLY_DATA 270
6074 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_BINDER_COUNT_MISMATCH 271
6075 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_PARSE_LEAF_CERT 272
6076 #define SSL_R_SERVER_CERT_CHANGED 273
6077 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 274
6078 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_HAVE_BOTH_PRIVKEY_AND_METHOD 275
6079 #define SSL_R_TICKET_ENCRYPTION_FAILED 276
6080 #define SSL_R_ALPN_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 277
6081 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 278
6082 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 279
6083 #define SSL_R_NO_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS_ENABLED 280
6084 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_INSTEAD_OF_HANDSHAKE 281
6085 #define SSL_R_EMPTY_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 282
6086 #define SSL_R_EARLY_DATA_NOT_IN_USE 283
6087 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_NOT_COMPLETE 284
6088 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_TB_WITHOUT_EMS_OR_RI 285
6089 #define SSL_R_SERVER_ECHOED_INVALID_SESSION_ID 286
6090 #define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION_FAILED 287
6091 #define SSL_R_SECOND_SERVERHELLO_VERSION_MISMATCH 288
6092 #define SSL_R_OCSP_CB_ERROR 289
6093 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 290
6094 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_ON_SHUTDOWN 291
6095 #define SSL_R_CERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED 292
6096 #define SSL_R_UNCOMPRESSED_CERT_TOO_LARGE 293
6097 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERT_COMPRESSION_ALG 294
6098 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 295
6099 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 296
6100 #define SSL_R_TLS13_DOWNGRADE 297
6101 #define SSL_R_QUIC_INTERNAL_ERROR 298
6102 #define SSL_R_WRONG_ENCRYPTION_LEVEL_RECEIVED 299
6103 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_READ_EARLY_DATA 300
6104 #define SSL_R_INVALID_DELEGATED_CREDENTIAL 301
6105 #define SSL_R_KEY_USAGE_BIT_INCORRECT 302
6106 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_CLIENT_HELLO 303
6107 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 304
6108 #define SSL_R_QUIC_TRANSPORT_PARAMETERS_MISCONFIGURED 305
6109 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_COMPATIBILITY_MODE 306
6110 #define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 307
6111 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_ALPS_WITHOUT_ALPN 308
6112 #define SSL_R_ALPS_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 309
6113 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 310
6114 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 311
6115 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG 312
6116 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_WOULD_HAVE_NO_RETRY_CONFIGS 313
6117 #define SSL_R_INVALID_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER 314
6118 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL_LIST 315
6119 #define SSL_R_COULD_NOT_PARSE_HINTS 316
6120 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_PUBLIC_NAME 317
6121 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_CONFIG_LIST 318
6122 #define SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED 319
6123 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_EXTENSION 320
6124 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_ECH_NEGOTIATION 321
6125 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPS_CODEPOINT 322
6126 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000
6127 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010
6128 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020
6129 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021
6130 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022
6131 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030
6132 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040
6133 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041
6134 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042
6135 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043
6136 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044
6137 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045
6138 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046
6139 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047
6140 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048
6141 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049
6142 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050
6143 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051
6144 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060
6145 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070
6146 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071
6147 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080
6148 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086
6149 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090
6150 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100
6151 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110
6152 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111
6153 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112
6154 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113
6155 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114
6156 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 1115
6157 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116
6158 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 1120
6159 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ECH_REQUIRED 1121
6160 
6161 #endif  // OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H
6162